// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/proxy/Proxy.sol";
import "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overridden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade is IERC1967 {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.8.3._
 */
interface IERC1967 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```solidity
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, `uint256`._
 * _Available since v4.9 for `string`, `bytes`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    struct StringSlot {
        string value;
    }
    struct BytesSlot {
        bytes value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
////////// CHANGELOG: turn `approve` to virtual //////////
import "../../eip/interface/IERC721A.sol";
import "../../eip/interface/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
import "../../openzeppelin-presets/utils/Context.sol";
import "../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
import "../../eip/ERC165.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
library ERC721AStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ERC721A_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("erc721.a.storage");
    struct Data {
        // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
        mapping(uint256 => IERC721A.TokenOwnership) _ownerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data
        mapping(address => IERC721A.AddressData) _addressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address
        mapping(uint256 => address) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    function erc721AStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage erc721AData) {
        bytes32 position = ERC721A_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            erc721AData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, Context, ERC165, IERC721A {
    using TWAddress for address;
    using TWStrings for uint256;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._name = name_;
        data._symbol = symbol_;
        data._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return data._currentIndex - data._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return data._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < data._currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = data._ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = data._ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return data._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        data._operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract())
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < data._currentIndex && !data._ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 startTokenId = data._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            data._addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (data._currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
            }
            data._currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 startTokenId = data._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            data._addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex < end);
            data._currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            data._addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = data._ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = data._ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != data._currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = data._addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = data._ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = data._ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != data._currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            data._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  @author  thirdweb.com
 *
 *  @title   Contract Metadata
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *           for you contract.
 *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
library ContractMetadataStorage {
    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_METADATA_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("contract.metadata.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
        string contractURI;
    }
    function contractMetadataStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage contractMetadataData) {
        bytes32 position = CONTRACT_METADATA_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            contractMetadataData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
    /**
     *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
     *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
     *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
     *
     *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
        if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupContractURI(_uri);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        string memory prevURI = data.contractURI;
        data.contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
    /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
    function contractURI() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        return data.contractURI;
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../openzeppelin-presets/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
library EIP712Storage {
    bytes32 public constant EIP712_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("eip712.storage");
    struct Data {
        /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
        bytes32 _HASHED_NAME;
        bytes32 _HASHED_VERSION;
        /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
    }
    function eip712Storage() internal pure returns (Data storage eip712Data) {
        bytes32 position = EIP712_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            eip712Data.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
 *
 * The encoding specified in the EIP is very generic, and such a generic implementation in Solidity is not feasible,
 * thus this contract does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding
 * they need in their contracts using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
 *
 * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
 * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
 * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
 *
 * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
 * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
 * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 *
 * @custom:storage-size 52
 */
abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable {
    /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
    bytes32 private constant _TYPE_HASH =
        keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
    /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
     *
     * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
     *
     * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
     * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
     *
     * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
     * contract upgrade].
     */
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }
    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
        bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        data._HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
        data._HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
     */
    function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _buildDomainSeparator(_TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash());
    }
    function _buildDomainSeparator(
        bytes32 typeHash,
        bytes32 nameHash,
        bytes32 versionHash
    ) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(typeHash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, address(this)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
     * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
     *
     * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
     *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
     *     mailTo,
     *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
     * )));
     * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
     * ```
     */
    function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return ECDSA.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712NameHash() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        return data._HASHED_NAME;
    }
    /**
     * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712VersionHash() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        return data._HASHED_VERSION;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../extension/interface/IERC2771Context.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
library ERC2771ContextStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ERC2771_CONTEXT_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("erc2771.context.storage");
    struct Data {
        mapping(address => bool) trustedForwarder;
    }
    function erc2771ContextStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage erc2771ContextData) {
        bytes32 position = ERC2771_CONTEXT_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            erc2771ContextData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
    }
    function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC2771ContextStorage.Data storage data = ERC2771ContextStorage.erc2771ContextStorage();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
            data.trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
        }
    }
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC2771ContextStorage.Data storage data = ERC2771ContextStorage.erc2771ContextStorage();
        return data.trustedForwarder[forwarder];
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return msg.sender;
        }
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return msg.data;
        }
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
library InitStorage {
    /// @dev The location of the storage of the entrypoint contract's data.
    bytes32 constant INIT_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("init.storage");
    /// @dev Layout of the entrypoint contract's storage.
    struct Data {
        uint8 initialized;
        bool initializing;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the entrypoint contract's data at the relevant storage location.
    function initStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage initData) {
        bytes32 position = INIT_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            initData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. Equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!TWAddress.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        data.initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            data.initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            data.initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * `initializer` is equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`, so a reinitializer may be used after the original
     * initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that are added through upgrades and that require
     * initialization.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        data.initialized = version;
        data.initializing = true;
        _;
        data.initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        require(data.initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            data.initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IOperatorFilterToggle.sol";
library OperatorFilterToggleStorage {
    bytes32 public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_TOGGLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("operator.filter.toggle.storage");
    struct Data {
        bool operatorRestriction;
    }
    function operatorFilterToggleStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage operatorFilterToggleData) {
        bytes32 position = OPERATOR_FILTER_TOGGLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            operatorFilterToggleData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract OperatorFilterToggle is IOperatorFilterToggle {
    function operatorRestriction() external view override returns (bool) {
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        return data.operatorRestriction;
    }
    function setOperatorRestriction(bool _restriction) external {
        require(_canSetOperatorRestriction(), "Not authorized to set operator restriction.");
        _setOperatorRestriction(_restriction);
    }
    function _setOperatorRestriction(bool _restriction) internal {
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        data.operatorRestriction = _restriction;
        emit OperatorRestriction(_restriction);
    }
    function _canSetOperatorRestriction() internal virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Ownable
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *           information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
library OwnableStorage {
    bytes32 public constant OWNABLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("ownable.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
        address _owner;
    }
    function ownableStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage ownableData) {
        bytes32 position = OWNABLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            ownableData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
    /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        if (msg.sender != data._owner) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
     */
    function owner() public view override returns (address) {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        return data._owner;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
     *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
     */
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
        if (!_canSetOwner()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        address _prevOwner = data._owner;
        data._owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPermissions.sol";
import "../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Permissions
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
 */
library PermissionsStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PERMISSIONS_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("permissions.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) _hasRole;
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
        mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) _getRoleAdmin;
    }
    function permissionsStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage permissionsData) {
        bytes32 position = PERMISSIONS_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            permissionsData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract Permissions is IPermissions {
    /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._hasRole[role][account];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
     *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
     *
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
     *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
     *                        don't apply.
     *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
     *                        restrictions will apply.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        if (!data._hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
            return data._hasRole[role][account];
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
     *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
     *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._getRoleAdmin[role];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(data._getRoleAdmin[role], _msgSender());
        if (data._hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert("Can only grant to non holders");
        }
        _setupRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(data._getRoleAdmin[role], _msgSender());
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        if (_msgSender() != account) {
            revert("Can only renounce for self");
        }
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = data._getRoleAdmin[role];
        data._getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        data._hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(role, account);
        delete data._hasRole[role][account];
        emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        if (!data._hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "Permissions: account ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "Permissions: account ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address sender) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./Permissions.sol";
/**
 *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
 *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
 */
library PermissionsEnumerableStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PERMISSIONS_ENUMERABLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("permissions.enumerable.storage");
    /**
     *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
     *
     *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
     *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
     *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
     */
    struct RoleMembers {
        uint256 index;
        mapping(uint256 => address) members;
        mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
    }
    struct Data {
        /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
        mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) roleMembers;
    }
    function permissionsEnumerableStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage permissionsEnumerableData) {
        bytes32 position = PERMISSIONS_ENUMERABLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            permissionsEnumerableData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
     *                  at a given index.
     *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
     *
     *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 currentIndex = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        uint256 check;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (data.roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                if (check == index) {
                    member = data.roleMembers[role].members[i];
                    return member;
                }
                check += 1;
            } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                check += 1;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
     *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *
     *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 currentIndex = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (data.roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
            count += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_removeMember}
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _removeMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_addMember}
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        data.roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        data.roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
    /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        delete data.roleMembers[role].members[idx];
        delete data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
library PrimarySaleStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PRIMARY_SALE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("primary.sale.storage");
    struct Data {
        address recipient;
    }
    function primarySaleStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage primarySaleData) {
        bytes32 position = PRIMARY_SALE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            primarySaleData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 *  @title   Primary Sale
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *           primary sales, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
    function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        return data.recipient;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
     *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *
     *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
     */
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
        if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        data.recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IRoyalty.sol";
library RoyaltyStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ROYALTY_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("royalty.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
        address royaltyRecipient;
        /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
        uint16 royaltyBps;
        /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
        mapping(uint256 => IRoyalty.RoyaltyInfo) royaltyInfoForToken;
    }
    function royaltyStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage royaltyData) {
        bytes32 position = ROYALTY_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            royaltyData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 *  @title   Royalty
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
    /**
     *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
     *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
     *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
     *
     *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
     *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
        receiver = recipient;
        royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
     *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
     *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     */
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = data.royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
        return
            royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                ? (data.royaltyRecipient, uint16(data.royaltyBps))
                : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        return (data.royaltyRecipient, uint16(data.royaltyBps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
     *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        data.royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
     *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
     *
     *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
     *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
     */
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address _recipient,
        uint256 _bps
    ) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
    function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address _recipient,
        uint256 _bps
    ) internal {
        if (_bps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
        emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/ISignatureAction.sol";
import "./EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
library SignatureActionStorage {
    bytes32 public constant SIGNATURE_ACTION_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("signature.action.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Mapping from a signed request UID => whether the request is processed.
        mapping(bytes32 => bool) executed;
    }
    function signatureActionStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage signatureActionData) {
        bytes32 position = SIGNATURE_ACTION_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            signatureActionData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract SignatureActionUpgradeable is EIP712Upgradeable, ISignatureAction {
    using ECDSA for bytes32;
    bytes32 private constant TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("GenericRequest(uint128 validityStartTimestamp,uint128 validityEndTimestamp,bytes32 uid,bytes data)");
    function __SignatureAction_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init("SignatureAction", "1");
    }
    function __SignatureAction_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
    /// @dev Verifies that a request is signed by an authorized account.
    function verify(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (bool success, address signer)
    {
        SignatureActionStorage.Data storage data = SignatureActionStorage.signatureActionStorage();
        signer = _recoverAddress(_req, _signature);
        success = !data.executed[_req.uid] && _isAuthorizedSigner(signer);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign requests.
    function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view virtual returns (bool);
    /// @dev Verifies a request and marks the request as processed.
    function _processRequest(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
        internal
        returns (address signer)
    {
        bool success;
        (success, signer) = verify(_req, _signature);
        if (!success) {
            revert("Invalid req");
        }
        if (_req.validityStartTimestamp > block.timestamp || block.timestamp > _req.validityEndTimestamp) {
            revert("Req expired");
        }
        SignatureActionStorage.Data storage data = SignatureActionStorage.signatureActionStorage();
        data.executed[_req.uid] = true;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the signer of the request.
    function _recoverAddress(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal view returns (address) {
        return _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(_encodeRequest(_req))).recover(_signature);
    }
    /// @dev Encodes a request for recovery of the signer in `recoverAddress`.
    function _encodeRequest(GenericRequest calldata _req) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encode(
                TYPEHASH,
                _req.validityStartTimestamp,
                _req.validityEndTimestamp,
                _req.uid,
                keccak256(_req.data)
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { ContractMetadataStorage } from "../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
contract ContractMetadataInit {
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        string memory prevURI = data.contractURI;
        data.contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../extension/interface/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import { OperatorFilterToggleStorage } from "../extension/OperatorFilterToggle.sol";
contract DefaultOperatorFiltererInit {
    event OperatorRestriction(bool restriction);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    address constant DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION = address(0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6);
    function _setupOperatorFilterer() internal {
        __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init();
    }
    function __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init() private {
        __OperatorFilterer_init(DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        data.operatorRestriction = true;
        emit OperatorRestriction(true);
    }
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) private {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { ERC721AStorage } from "../eip/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
contract ERC721AInit is Initializable {
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._name = name_;
        data._symbol = symbol_;
        data._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { OwnableStorage } from "../extension/Ownable.sol";
contract OwnableInit {
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        address _prevOwner = data._owner;
        data._owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PermissionsEnumerableStorage } from "../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./PermissionsInit.sol";
contract PermissionsEnumerableInit is PermissionsInit {
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        data.roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        data.roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PermissionsStorage } from "../extension/Permissions.sol";
contract PermissionsInit {
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        data._hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PrimarySaleStorage } from "../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
contract PrimarySaleInit {
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        data.recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { RoyaltyStorage, IRoyalty } from "../extension/Royalty.sol";
contract RoyaltyInit {
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        data.royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { SignatureActionStorage } from "../extension/SignatureActionUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Storage } from "../extension/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
contract EIP712Init is Initializable {
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }
    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
        bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        data._HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
        data._HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
    }
}
contract SignatureActionInit is EIP712Init {
    function __SignatureAction_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init("SignatureAction", "1");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./interface/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Metadata.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721A is IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     *
     * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
/// @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
///  Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x5b5e139f.
/* is ERC721 */
interface IERC721Metadata {
    /// @notice A descriptive name for a collection of NFTs in this contract
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /// @notice An abbreviated name for NFTs in this contract
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /// @notice A distinct Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for a given asset.
    /// @dev Throws if `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT. URIs are defined in RFC
    ///  3986. The URI may point to a JSON file that conforms to the "ERC721
    ///  Metadata JSON Schema".
    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../lib/TWAddress.sol";
import "./interface/IMulticall.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /**
     *  @notice Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *  @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *
     *  @param data The bytes data that makes up the batch of function calls to execute.
     *  @return results The bytes data that makes up the result of the batch of function calls executed.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual override returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            results[i] = TWAddress.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
        }
        return results;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *  for you contract.
 *
 *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
interface IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
     *       Only module admin can call this function.
     */
    function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IERC2771Context {
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IMulticall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    function updateOperator(
        address registrant,
        address operator,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateOperators(
        address registrant,
        address[] calldata operators,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateCodeHash(
        address registrant,
        bytes32 codehash,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(
        address registrant,
        bytes32[] calldata codeHashes,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
interface IOperatorFilterToggle {
    event OperatorRestriction(bool restriction);
    function operatorRestriction() external view returns (bool);
    function setOperatorRestriction(bool restriction) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *  information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
interface IOwnable {
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IPermissions.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *  primary sales, if desired.
 */
interface IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
    function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address recipient;
        uint256 bps;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address recipient,
        uint256 bps
    ) external;
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
    event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  thirdweb's `SignatureAction` extension smart contract can be used with any base smart contract. It provides a generic
 *  payload struct that can be signed by an authorized wallet and verified by the contract. The bytes `data` field provided
 *  in the payload can be abi encoded <-> decoded to use `SignatureContract` for any authorized signature action.
 */
interface ISignatureAction {
    /**
     *  @notice The payload that must be signed by an authorized wallet.
     *
     *  @param validityStartTimestamp The UNIX timestamp at and after which a signature is valid.
     *  @param validityEndTimestamp The UNIX timestamp at and after which a signature is invalid/expired.
     *  @param uid A unique non-repeatable ID for the payload.
     *  @param data Arbitrary bytes data to be used at the discretion of the contract.
     */
    struct GenericRequest {
        uint128 validityStartTimestamp;
        uint128 validityEndTimestamp;
        bytes32 uid;
        bytes data;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when a payload is verified and executed.
    event RequestExecuted(address indexed user, address indexed signer, GenericRequest _req);
    /**
     *  @notice Verfies that a payload is signed by an authorized wallet.
     *
     *  @param req The payload signed by the authorized wallet.
     *  @param signature The signature produced by the authorized wallet signing the given payload.
     *
     *  @return success Whether the payload is signed by the authorized wallet.
     *  @return signer The address of the signer.
     */
    function verify(GenericRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
        external
        view
        returns (bool success, address signer);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library TWAddress {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * [EIP1884](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884) increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library TWStrings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSA {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV
    }
    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // Check the signature length
        // - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
        // - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else if (signature.length == 64) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 vs;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }
        if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
        }
        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }
        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", TWStrings.toString(s.length), s));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
//   $$\\     $$\\       $$\\                 $$\\                         $$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |      \\__|                $$ |                        $$ |
// $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$ |$$\\  $$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\  $$$$$$$\\
// \\_$$  _|  $$  __$$\\ $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |  \\__|$$ /  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$$$$$$$ |$$ |  $$ |
//   $$ |$$\\ $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      $$ |  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$   ____|$$ |  $$ |
//   \\$$$$  |$$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      \\$$$$$$$ |\\$$$$$\\$$$$  |\\$$$$$$$\\ $$$$$$$  |
//    \\____/ \\__|  \\__|\\__|\\__|       \\_______| \\_____\\____/  \\_______|\\_______/
import "lib/dynamic-contracts/src/presets/BaseRouter.sol";
import "../extension/Multicall.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/Initializable.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/Permissions.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/ContractMetadataInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/ERC721AInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/OwnableInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/PermissionsEnumerableInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/PrimarySaleInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/RoyaltyInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/SignatureActionInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/DefaultOperatorFiltererInit.sol";
/**
 *  Defualt extensions to add:
 *      - TieredDropLogic
 *      - PermissionsEnumerable
 */
contract TieredDrop is
    Initializable,
    Multicall,
    ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
    BaseRouter,
    DefaultOperatorFiltererInit,
    PrimarySaleInit,
    ContractMetadataInit,
    ERC721AInit,
    OwnableInit,
    PermissionsEnumerableInit,
    RoyaltyInit,
    SignatureActionInit
{
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Constructor and Initializer logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(Extension[] memory _extensions) BaseRouter(_extensions) {}
    /// @dev Initiliazes the contract, like a constructor.
    function initialize(
        address _defaultAdmin,
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _contractURI,
        address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
        address _saleRecipient,
        address _royaltyRecipient,
        uint16 _royaltyBps
    ) external initializer {
        // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
        __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __SignatureAction_init();
        _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
        _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupRoles(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        _setupOperatorFilterer();
    }
    function _setupRoles(address _defaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 _operatorRole = keccak256("OPERATOR_ROLE");
        bytes32 _transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _defaultAdminRole = 0x00;
        _setupRole(_defaultAdminRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, address(0));
        _setupRole(_operatorRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_operatorRole, address(0));
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns whether a plugin can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetExtension() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        bytes32 defaultAdminRole = 0x00;
        return _hasRole(defaultAdminRole, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether an account holds the given role.
    function _hasRole(bytes32 role, address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._hasRole[role][addr];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../interface/IRouter.sol";
abstract contract Router is IRouter {
    fallback() external payable virtual {
    /// @dev delegate calls the appropriate implementation smart contract for a given function.
        address implementation = getImplementationForFunction(msg.sig);
        _delegate(implementation);
    }
    receive() external payable virtual {}
    /// @dev delegateCalls an `implementation` smart contract.
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Unimplemented. Returns the implementation contract address for a given function signature.
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) public view virtual returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IDefaultExtensionSet.sol";
interface IBaseRouter is IDefaultExtensionSet {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Adds a new extension to the router.
    function addExtension(Extension memory extension) external;
    /// @dev Updates an existing extension in the router, or overrides a default extension.
    function updateExtension(Extension memory extension) external;
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the router.
    function removeExtension(string memory extensionName) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IExtension.sol";
interface IDefaultExtensionSet is IExtension {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns all extensions stored.
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory);
    /// @dev Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory);
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 functionSelector) external view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory);
    /// @dev Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory extensionName) external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory extensionName) external view returns (Extension memory);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExtension {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Structs
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @notice A extension's metadata.
     *
     *  @param name             The unique name of the extension.
     *  @param metadataURI      The URI where the metadata for the extension lives.
     *  @param implementation   The implementation smart contract address of the extension.
     */
    struct ExtensionMetadata {
        string name;
        string metadataURI;
        address implementation;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice An interface to describe a extension's function.
     *
     *  @param functionSelector    The 4 byte selector of the function.
     *  @param functionSignature   Function signature as a string. E.g. "transfer(address,address,uint256)"
     */
    struct ExtensionFunction {
        bytes4 functionSelector;
        string functionSignature;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice An interface to describe an extension.
     *
     *  @param metadata     The extension's metadata; it's name, metadata URI and implementation contract address.
     *  @param functions    The functions that belong to the extension.
     */
    struct Extension {
        ExtensionMetadata metadata;
        ExtensionFunction[] functions;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Events
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Emitted when a extension is added; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionAdded(address indexed extensionAddress, bytes4 indexed functionSelector, string functionSignature);
    /// @dev Emitted when extension is updated; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionUpdated(
        address indexed oldExtensionAddress,
        address indexed newExtensionAddress,
        bytes4 indexed functionSelector,
        string functionSignature
    );
    /// @dev Emitted when a extension is removed; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionRemoved(address indexed extensionAddress, bytes4 indexed functionSelector, string functionSignature);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRouter {
    fallback() external payable;
    receive() external payable;
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) external view returns (address);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../interface/IBaseRouter.sol";
// Core
import "../core/Router.sol";
// Utils
import "./utils/StringSet.sol";
import "./utils/DefaultExtensionSet.sol";
import "./utils/ExtensionState.sol";
abstract contract BaseRouter is IBaseRouter, Router, ExtensionState {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice The DefaultExtensionSet that stores default extensions of the router.
    address public immutable defaultExtensionSet;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Constructor
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(Extension[] memory _extensions) {
        DefaultExtensionSet map = new DefaultExtensionSet();
        defaultExtensionSet = address(map);
        uint256 len = _extensions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            map.setExtension(_extensions[i]);
        }
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Adds a new extension to the router.
    function addExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _addExtension(_extension);
    }
    /// @dev Updates an existing extension in the router, or overrides a default extension.
    function updateExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _updateExtension(_extension);
    }
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the router.
    function removeExtension(string memory _extensionName) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _removeExtension(_extensionName);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @notice Returns all extensions stored. Override default lugins stored in router are
     *          given precedence over default extensions in DefaultExtensionSet.
     */
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory allExtensions) {
        Extension[] memory defaultExtensions = IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getAllExtensions();
        uint256 defaultExtensionsLen = defaultExtensions.length;
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string[] memory names = data.extensionNames.values();
        uint256 namesLen = names.length;
        uint256 overrides = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultExtensionsLen; i += 1) {
            if (data.extensionNames.contains(defaultExtensions[i].metadata.name)) {
                overrides += 1;
            }
        }
        uint256 total = (namesLen + defaultExtensionsLen) - overrides;
        allExtensions = new Extension[](total);
        uint256 idx = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultExtensionsLen; i += 1) {
            string memory name = defaultExtensions[i].metadata.name;
            if (!data.extensionNames.contains(name)) {
                allExtensions[idx] = defaultExtensions[i];
                idx += 1;
            }
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < namesLen; i += 1) {
            allExtensions[idx] = data.extensions[names[i]];
            idx += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory _extensionName) public view returns (Extension memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        bool isLocalExtension = data.extensionNames.contains(_extensionName);
        return isLocalExtension ? data.extensions[_extensionName] : IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getExtension(_extensionName);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (address) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).metadata.implementation;
    }
    /// @dev Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).functions;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) public view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        ExtensionMetadata memory metadata = data.extensionMetadata[_functionSelector];
        bool isLocalExtension = metadata.implementation != address(0);
        return isLocalExtension ? metadata : IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getExtensionForFunction(_functionSelector);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension implementation address stored in router, for the given function.
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (address extensionAddress)
    {
        return getExtensionForFunction(_functionSelector).implementation;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns whether a extension can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetExtension() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../../interface/IDefaultExtensionSet.sol";
// Extensions
import "./ExtensionState.sol";
contract DefaultExtensionSet is IDefaultExtensionSet, ExtensionState {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice The deployer of DefaultExtensionSet.
    address private deployer;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Constructor
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor() {
        deployer = msg.sender;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice Stores a extension in the DefaultExtensionSet.
    function setExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(msg.sender == deployer, "DefaultExtensionSet: unauthorized caller.");
        _addExtension(_extension);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice Returns all extensions stored.
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory allExtensions) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string[] memory names = data.extensionNames.values();
        uint256 len = names.length;
        allExtensions = new Extension[](len);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            allExtensions[i] = data.extensions[names[i]];
        }
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory _extensionName) public view returns (Extension memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        require(data.extensionNames.contains(_extensionName), "DefaultExtensionSet: extension does not exist.");
        return data.extensions[_extensionName];
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (address) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).metadata.implementation;
    }
    /// @notice Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).functions;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) external view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        ExtensionMetadata memory metadata = data.extensionMetadata[_functionSelector];
        require(metadata.implementation != address(0), "DefaultExtensionSet: no extension for function.");
        return metadata;
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../../interface/IExtension.sol";
// Extensions
import "./StringSet.sol";
library ExtensionStateStorage {
    bytes32 public constant EXTENSION_STATE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("extension.state.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Set of names of all extensions stored.
        StringSet.Set extensionNames;
        /// @dev Mapping from extension name => `Extension` i.e. extension metadata and functions.
        mapping(string => IExtension.Extension) extensions;
        /// @dev Mapping from function selector => extension metadata of the extension the function belongs to.
        mapping(bytes4 => IExtension.ExtensionMetadata) extensionMetadata;
    }
    function extensionStateStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage extensionStateData) {
        bytes32 position = EXTENSION_STATE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            extensionStateData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract ExtensionState is IExtension {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Stores a new extension in the contract.
    function _addExtension(Extension memory _extension) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string memory name = _extension.metadata.name;
        require(data.extensionNames.add(name), "ExtensionState: extension already exists.");
        data.extensions[name].metadata = _extension.metadata;
        require(_extension.metadata.implementation != address(0), "ExtensionState: adding extension without implementation.");
        uint256 len = _extension.functions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            require(
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector ==
                    bytes4(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_extension.functions[i].functionSignature))),
                "ExtensionState: fn selector and signature mismatch."
            );
            require(
                data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector].implementation == address(0),
                "ExtensionState: extension already exists for function."
            );
            data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector] = _extension.metadata;
            data.extensions[name].functions.push(_extension.functions[i]);
            emit ExtensionAdded(
                _extension.metadata.implementation,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSignature
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Updates / overrides an existing extension in the contract.
    function _updateExtension(Extension memory _extension) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string memory name = _extension.metadata.name;
        require(data.extensionNames.contains(name), "ExtensionState: extension does not exist.");
        address oldImplementation = data.extensions[name].metadata.implementation;
        require(_extension.metadata.implementation != oldImplementation, "ExtensionState: re-adding same extension.");
        data.extensions[name].metadata = _extension.metadata;
        ExtensionFunction[] memory oldFunctions = data.extensions[name].functions;
        uint256 oldFunctionsLen = oldFunctions.length;
        delete data.extensions[name].functions;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < oldFunctionsLen; i += 1) {
            delete data.extensionMetadata[oldFunctions[i].functionSelector];
        }
        uint256 len = _extension.functions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            require(
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector ==
                    bytes4(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_extension.functions[i].functionSignature))),
                "ExtensionState: fn selector and signature mismatch."
            );
            data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector] = _extension.metadata;
            data.extensions[name].functions.push(_extension.functions[i]);
            emit ExtensionUpdated(
                oldImplementation,
                _extension.metadata.implementation,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSignature
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the contract.
    function _removeExtension(string memory _extensionName) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        require(data.extensionNames.remove(_extensionName), "ExtensionState: extension does not exist.");
        address implementation = data.extensions[_extensionName].metadata.implementation;
        ExtensionFunction[] memory extensionFunctions = data.extensions[_extensionName].functions;
        delete data.extensions[_extensionName];
        uint256 len = extensionFunctions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            emit ExtensionRemoved(
                implementation,
                extensionFunctions[i].functionSelector,
                extensionFunctions[i].functionSignature
            );
            delete data.extensionMetadata[extensionFunctions[i].functionSelector];
        }
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library StringSet {
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        string[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(string => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, string memory value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, string memory value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                string memory lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, string memory value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (string memory) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (string[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Set storage set, string memory value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Set storage set, string memory value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Set storage set, string memory value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return _at(set, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Set storage set) internal view returns (string[] memory) {
        return _values(set);
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { Ownable2StepUpgradeable } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/access/Ownable2StepUpgradeable.sol";
import { UUPSUpgradeable } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import { Executor } from "./Executor.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    Exchange,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    AssetType,
    OrderType,
    Transfer,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    AtomicExecution,
    Cancel,
    Listing
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IBlurExchangeV2 } from "./interfaces/IBlurExchangeV2.sol";
import { ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable } from "./lib/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
contract BlurExchangeV2 is
    IBlurExchangeV2,
    Ownable2StepUpgradeable,
    UUPSUpgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    Executor
{
    address public governor;
    // required by the OZ UUPS module
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
    constructor(address delegate, address pool, address proxy) Executor(delegate, pool, proxy) {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
    function initialize() external initializer {
        __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
        __Ownable_init();
        __Reentrancy_init();
        verifyDomain();
    }
    modifier onlyGovernor() {
        if (msg.sender != governor) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Governor only function to set the protocol fee rate and recipient
     * @param recipient Protocol fee recipient
     * @param rate Protocol fee rate
     */
    function setProtocolFee(address recipient, uint16 rate) external onlyGovernor {
        if (rate > _MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE_RATE) {
            revert ProtocolFeeTooHigh();
        }
        protocolFee = FeeRate(recipient, rate);
        emit NewProtocolFee(recipient, rate);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to set the governor of the exchange
     * @param _governor Address of governor to set
     */
    function setGovernor(address _governor) external onlyOwner {
        governor = _governor;
        emit NewGovernor(_governor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to grant or revoke the approval of an oracle
     * @param oracle Address to set approval of
     * @param approved If the oracle should be approved or not
     */
    function setOracle(address oracle, bool approved) external onlyOwner {
        if (approved) {
            oracles[oracle] = 1;
        } else {
            oracles[oracle] = 0;
        }
        emit SetOracle(oracle, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to set the block range
     * @param _blockRange Block range that oracle signatures are valid for
     */
    function setBlockRange(uint256 _blockRange) external onlyOwner {
        blockRange = _blockRange;
        emit NewBlockRange(_blockRange);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel listings by recording their fulfillment
     * @param cancels List of cancels to execute
     */
    function cancelTrades(Cancel[] memory cancels) external {
        uint256 cancelsLength = cancels.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < cancelsLength; ) {
            Cancel memory cancel = cancels[i];
            amountTaken[msg.sender][cancel.hash][cancel.index] += cancel.amount;
            emit CancelTrade(msg.sender, cancel.hash, cancel.index, cancel.amount);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancels all orders by incrementing caller nonce
     */
    function incrementNonce() external {
        emit NonceIncremented(msg.sender, ++nonces[msg.sender]);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeAsk that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeAsk
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeAsk(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    )
        public
        payable
        nonReentrant
        verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature)
    {
        _takeAsk(
            inputs.orders,
            inputs.exchanges,
            inputs.takerFee,
            inputs.signatures,
            inputs.tokenRecipient
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeBid that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeBid
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeBid(
        TakeBid memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    ) public verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature) {
        _takeBid(inputs.orders, inputs.exchanges, inputs.takerFee, inputs.signatures);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeAskSingle that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeAskSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeAskSingle(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    )
        public
        payable
        nonReentrant
        verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature)
    {
        _takeAskSingle(
            inputs.order,
            inputs.exchange,
            inputs.takerFee,
            inputs.signature,
            inputs.tokenRecipient
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeBidSingle that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeBidSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeBidSingle(
        TakeBidSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    ) external verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature) {
        _takeBidSingle(inputs.order, inputs.exchange, inputs.takerFee, inputs.signature);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION POOL WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of takeAskSingle that withdraws ETH from the caller's pool balance prior to executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for takeAskSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     * @param amountToWithdraw Amount of ETH to withdraw from the pool
     */
    function takeAskSinglePool(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable {
        _withdrawFromPool(msg.sender, amountToWithdraw);
        takeAskSingle(inputs, oracleSignature);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of takeAsk that withdraws ETH from the caller's pool balance prior to executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for takeAsk
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     * @param amountToWithdraw Amount of ETH to withdraw from the pool
     */
    function takeAskPool(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable {
        _withdrawFromPool(msg.sender, amountToWithdraw);
        takeAsk(inputs, oracleSignature);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Take a single ask
     * @param order Order of listing to fulfill
     * @param exchange Exchange struct indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken
     * @param signature Order signature
     * @param tokenRecipient Address to receive the token transfer
     */
    function _takeAskSingle(
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signature,
        address tokenRecipient
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        /* Validate the order and listing, revert if not. */
        if (!_validateOrderAndListing(order, OrderType.ASK, exchange, signature, fees)) {
            revert InvalidOrder();
        }
        /* Create single execution batch and insert the transfer. */
        bytes memory executionBatch = _initializeSingleExecution(
            order,
            OrderType.ASK,
            listing.tokenId,
            takerAmount,
            tokenRecipient
        );
        /* Set the fulfillment of the order. */
        unchecked {
            amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listing.index] += takerAmount;
        }
        /* Execute the token transfers, revert if not successful. */
        {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(executionBatch, 1);
            if (!successfulTransfers[0]) {
                revert TokenTransferFailed();
            }
        }
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* If there are insufficient funds to cover the price with the fees, revert. */
        unchecked {
            if (address(this).balance < totalPrice + takerFeeAmount) {
                revert InsufficientFunds();
            }
        }
        /* Execute ETH transfers. */
        _transferETH(fees.protocolFee.recipient, protocolFeeAmount);
        _transferETH(fees.takerFee.recipient, takerFeeAmount);
        _transferETH(order.makerFee.recipient, makerFeeAmount);
        unchecked {
            _transferETH(order.trader, totalPrice - makerFeeAmount - protocolFeeAmount);
        }
        _emitExecutionEvent(executionBatch, order, listing.index, totalPrice, fees, OrderType.ASK);
        /* Return dust. */
        _transferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take a single bid
     * @param order Order of listing to fulfill
     * @param exchange Exchange struct indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken
     * @param signature Order signature
     */
    function _takeBidSingle(
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        /* Validate the order and listing, revert if not. */
        if (!_validateOrderAndListing(order, OrderType.BID, exchange, signature, fees)) {
            revert InvalidOrder();
        }
        /* Create single execution batch and insert the transfer. */
        bytes memory executionBatch = _initializeSingleExecution(
            order,
            OrderType.BID,
            exchange.taker.tokenId,
            takerAmount,
            msg.sender
        );
        /* Execute the token transfers, revert if not successful. */
        {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(executionBatch, 1);
            if (!successfulTransfers[0]) {
                revert TokenTransferFailed();
            }
        }
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* Execute pool transfers and set the fulfillment of the order. */
        address trader = order.trader;
        _transferPool(trader, order.makerFee.recipient, makerFeeAmount);
        _transferPool(trader, fees.takerFee.recipient, takerFeeAmount);
        _transferPool(trader, fees.protocolFee.recipient, protocolFeeAmount);
        unchecked {
            _transferPool(trader, msg.sender, totalPrice - takerFeeAmount - protocolFeeAmount);
            amountTaken[trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listing.index] += exchange.taker.amount;
        }
        _emitExecutionEvent(executionBatch, order, listing.index, totalPrice, fees, OrderType.BID);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take multiple asks; efficiently verifying and executing the transfers in bulk
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param exchanges List of exchanges indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken on each exchange
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     * @param tokenRecipient Address to receive the tokens purchased
     */
    function _takeAsk(
        Order[] memory orders,
        Exchange[] memory exchanges,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address tokenRecipient
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        /**
         * Validate all the orders potentially used in the execution and
         * initialize the arrays for pending fulfillments.
         */
        (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) = _validateOrders(
            orders,
            OrderType.ASK,
            signatures,
            fees
        );
        uint256 exchangesLength = exchanges.length;
        /* Initialize the execution batch structs. */
        (
            bytes memory executionBatch,
            FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers
        ) = _initializeBatch(exchangesLength, OrderType.ASK, tokenRecipient);
        Order memory order;
        Exchange memory exchange;
        uint256 remainingETH = address(this).balance;
        for (uint256 i; i < exchangesLength; ) {
            exchange = exchanges[i];
            order = orders[exchange.index];
            /* Check the listing and exchange is valid and its parent order has already been validated. */
            if (
                _validateListingFromBatch(
                    order,
                    OrderType.ASK,
                    exchange,
                    validOrders,
                    pendingAmountTaken
                )
            ) {
                /* Insert the transfers into the batch. */
                bool inserted;
                (remainingETH, inserted) = _insertExecutionAsk(
                    executionBatch,
                    fungibleTransfers,
                    order,
                    exchange,
                    fees,
                    remainingETH
                );
                if (inserted) {
                    unchecked {
                        pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][exchange.listing.index] += exchange
                            .taker
                            .amount;
                    }
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        /* Execute all transfers. */
        _executeBatchTransfer(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, fees, OrderType.ASK);
        /* Return dust. */
        _transferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take multiple bids; efficiently verifying and executing the transfers in bulk
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param exchanges List of exchanges indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken on each exchange
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     */
    function _takeBid(
        Order[] memory orders,
        Exchange[] memory exchanges,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        /**
         * Validate all the orders potentially used in the execution and
         * initialize the arrays for pending fulfillments.
         */
        (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) = _validateOrders(
            orders,
            OrderType.BID,
            signatures,
            fees
        );
        uint256 exchangesLength = exchanges.length;
        /* Initialize the execution batch structs. */
        (
            bytes memory executionBatch,
            FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers
        ) = _initializeBatch(exchangesLength, OrderType.BID, msg.sender);
        Order memory order;
        Exchange memory exchange;
        for (uint256 i; i < exchangesLength; ) {
            exchange = exchanges[i];
            order = orders[exchange.index];
            /* Check the listing and exchange is valid and its parent order has already been validated. */
            if (
                _validateListingFromBatch(
                    order,
                    OrderType.BID,
                    exchange,
                    validOrders,
                    pendingAmountTaken
                )
            ) {
                /* Insert the transfers into the batch. */
                _insertExecutionBid(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, order, exchange, fees);
                /* Record the pending fulfillment. */
                unchecked {
                    pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][exchange.listing.index] += exchange
                        .taker
                        .amount;
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        /* Execute all transfers. */
        _executeBatchTransfer(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, fees, OrderType.BID);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION HELPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Initialize the ExecutionBatch and FungibleTransfers objects for bulk execution
     * @param exchangesLength Number of exchanges
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param taker Order taker address
     */
    function _initializeBatch(
        uint256 exchangesLength,
        OrderType orderType,
        address taker
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory executionBatch, FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers)
    {
        /* Initialize the batch. Constructing it manually in calldata packing allows for cheaper delegate execution. */
        uint256 arrayLength = Transfer_size * exchangesLength + One_word;
        uint256 executionBatchLength = ExecutionBatch_base_size + arrayLength;
        executionBatch = new bytes(executionBatchLength);
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_taker_offset), taker)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset), orderType)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset), ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset) // set the transfers pointer
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset), exchangesLength) // set the length of the transfers array
        }
        /* Initialize the fungible transfers object. */
        AtomicExecution[] memory executions = new AtomicExecution[](exchangesLength);
        address[] memory feeRecipients = new address[](exchangesLength);
        address[] memory makers = new address[](exchangesLength);
        uint256[] memory makerTransfers = new uint256[](exchangesLength);
        uint256[] memory feeTransfers = new uint256[](exchangesLength);
        fungibleTransfers = FungibleTransfers({
            totalProtocolFee: 0,
            totalSellerTransfer: 0,
            totalTakerFee: 0,
            feeRecipientId: 0,
            feeRecipients: feeRecipients,
            makerId: 0,
            makers: makers,
            feeTransfers: feeTransfers,
            makerTransfers: makerTransfers,
            executions: executions
        });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Initialize the ExecutionBatch object for a single execution
     * @param order Order to take a Listing from
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param tokenId Token id
     * @param amount ERC721/ERC1155 amount
     * @param taker Order taker address
     */
    function _initializeSingleExecution(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount,
        address taker
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory executionBatch) {
        /* Initialize the batch. Constructing it manually in calldata packing allows for cheaper delegate execution. */
        uint256 arrayLength = Transfer_size + One_word;
        uint256 executionBatchLength = ExecutionBatch_base_size + arrayLength;
        executionBatch = new bytes(executionBatchLength);
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_taker_offset), taker)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset), orderType)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset), ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset) // set the transfers pointer
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset), 1) // set the length of the transfers array
        }
        /* Insert the transfer into the batch. */
        _insertNonfungibleTransfer(executionBatch, order, tokenId, amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/Ownable2Step.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership} and {acceptOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available all functions
 * from parent (Ownable).
 */
abstract contract Ownable2StepUpgradeable is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable {
    function __Ownable2Step_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable2Step_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    address private _pendingOwner;
    event OwnershipTransferStarted(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the pending owner.
     */
    function pendingOwner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _pendingOwner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Starts the ownership transfer of the contract to a new account. Replaces the pending transfer if there is one.
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
        _pendingOwner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferStarted(owner(), newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`) and deletes any pending owner.
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual override {
        delete _pendingOwner;
        super._transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The new owner accepts the ownership transfer.
     */
    function acceptOwnership() external {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        require(pendingOwner() == sender, "Ownable2Step: caller is not the new owner");
        _transferOwnership(sender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable, ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable state-variable-assignment
    address private immutable __self = address(this);
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        require(address(this) != __self, "Function must be called through delegatecall");
        require(_getImplementation() == __self, "Function must be called through active proxy");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        require(address(this) == __self, "UUPSUpgradeable: must not be called through delegatecall");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate the implementation's compatibility when performing an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual override notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, new bytes(0), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) external payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { Validation } from "./Validation.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    Order,
    Exchange,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    AtomicExecution,
    AssetType,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    Listing,
    Taker,
    Transfer,
    OrderType
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IDelegate } from "./interfaces/IDelegate.sol";
import { IExecutor } from "./interfaces/IExecutor.sol";
abstract contract Executor is IExecutor, Validation {
    address private immutable _DELEGATE;
    address private immutable _POOL;
    constructor(address delegate, address pool, address proxy) Validation(proxy) {
        _DELEGATE = delegate;
        _POOL = pool;
    }
    receive() external payable {
        if (msg.sender != _POOL) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert a validated ask listing into the batch if there's sufficient ETH to fulfill
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers
     * @param order Order of the listing to insert
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing to insert
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fees
     * @param remainingETH Available ETH remaining
     * @return Available ETH remaining after insertion; if the listing was inserted in the batch
     */
    function _insertExecutionAsk(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        Fees memory fees,
        uint256 remainingETH
    ) internal pure returns (uint256, bool) {
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(exchange.listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* Only insert the executions if there are sufficient funds to execute. */
        if (remainingETH >= totalPrice + takerFeeAmount) {
            unchecked {
                remainingETH = remainingETH - totalPrice - takerFeeAmount;
            }
            _setAddresses(fungibleTransfers, order);
            uint256 index = _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
                executionBatch,
                order,
                exchange.listing.tokenId,
                takerAmount
            );
            _insertFungibleTransfers(
                fungibleTransfers,
                takerAmount,
                exchange.listing,
                bytes32(order.salt),
                index,
                totalPrice,
                protocolFeeAmount,
                makerFeeAmount,
                takerFeeAmount,
                true
            );
            return (remainingETH, true);
        } else {
            return (remainingETH, false);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert a validated bid listing into the batch
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers
     * @param order Order of the listing to insert
     * @param exchange Exchange containing listing to insert
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fees
     */
    function _insertExecutionBid(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(exchange.listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        _setAddresses(fungibleTransfers, order);
        uint256 index = _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
            executionBatch,
            order,
            exchange.taker.tokenId,
            takerAmount
        );
        _insertFungibleTransfers(
            fungibleTransfers,
            takerAmount,
            exchange.listing,
            bytes32(order.salt),
            index,
            totalPrice,
            protocolFeeAmount,
            makerFeeAmount,
            takerFeeAmount,
            false
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert the nonfungible transfer into the batch
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param order Order
     * @param tokenId Token id
     * @param amount Number of token units
     * @return transferIndex Index of the transfer
     */
    function _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        Order memory order,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 transferIndex) {
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            transferIndex := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset))
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            let transferPointer := add(
                add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word)),
                mul(transferIndex, Transfer_size)
            )
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_trader_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_trader_offset))
            ) // set the trader
            mstore(add(transferPointer, Transfer_id_offset), tokenId) // set the token id
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_collection_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_collection_offset))
            ) // set the collection
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_assetType_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_assetType_offset))
            ) // set the asset type
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset), add(transferIndex, 1)) // increment the batch length
            if eq(mload(add(order, Order_assetType_offset)), AssetType_ERC1155) {
                mstore(add(transferPointer, Transfer_amount_offset), amount) // set the amount (don't need to set for ERC721's)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert the fungible transfers that need to be executed atomically
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param takerAmount Amount of the listing being taken
     * @param listing Listing to execute
     * @param orderHash Order hash
     * @param index Execution index
     * @param totalPrice Total price of the purchased tokens
     * @param protocolFeeAmount Computed protocol fee
     * @param makerFeeAmount Computed maker fee
     * @param takerFeeAmount Computed taker fee
     * @param makerIsSeller Is the order maker the seller
     */
    function _insertFungibleTransfers(
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        uint256 takerAmount,
        Listing memory listing,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 index,
        uint256 totalPrice,
        uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
        uint256 makerFeeAmount,
        uint256 takerFeeAmount,
        bool makerIsSeller
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 makerId = fungibleTransfers.makerId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerId = makerId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerFeeRecipientId = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].stateUpdate = StateUpdate({
            trader: fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId],
            hash: orderHash,
            index: listing.index,
            value: takerAmount,
            maxAmount: listing.amount
        });
        if (makerIsSeller) {
            unchecked {
                fungibleTransfers.executions[index].sellerAmount =
                    totalPrice -
                    protocolFeeAmount -
                    makerFeeAmount;
            }
        } else {
            unchecked {
                fungibleTransfers.executions[index].sellerAmount =
                    totalPrice -
                    protocolFeeAmount -
                    takerFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerFeeAmount = makerFeeAmount;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].takerFeeAmount = takerFeeAmount;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].protocolFeeAmount = protocolFeeAmount;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set the addresses of the maker fee recipient and order maker if different than currently being batched
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param order Parent order of listing being added to the batch
     */
    function _setAddresses(
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order
    ) internal pure {
        address feeRecipient = order.makerFee.recipient;
        uint256 feeRecipientId = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId;
        address currentFeeRecipient = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[feeRecipientId];
        if (feeRecipient != currentFeeRecipient) {
            if (currentFeeRecipient == address(0)) {
                fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[feeRecipientId] = feeRecipient;
            } else {
                unchecked {
                    fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[++feeRecipientId] = feeRecipient;
                }
                fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId = feeRecipientId;
            }
        }
        address trader = order.trader;
        uint256 makerId = fungibleTransfers.makerId;
        address currentTrader = fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId];
        if (trader != currentTrader) {
            if (currentTrader == address(0)) {
                fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId] = trader;
            } else {
                unchecked {
                    fungibleTransfers.makers[++makerId] = trader;
                }
                fungibleTransfers.makerId = makerId;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Compute all necessary fees to be taken
     * @param pricePerToken Price per token unit
     * @param takerAmount Number of token units taken (should only be greater than 1 for ERC1155)
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee set by the transaction
     */
    function _computeFees(
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        uint256 takerAmount,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        )
    {
        totalPrice = pricePerToken * takerAmount;
        makerFeeAmount = (totalPrice * makerFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
        takerFeeAmount = (totalPrice * fees.takerFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
        protocolFeeAmount = (totalPrice * fees.protocolFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Execute the transfers by first attempting the nonfungible transfers, for the successful transfers sum the fungible transfers by the recipients and execute
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param fees Protocol, maker, taker fees (note: makerFee will be inaccurate at this point in execution)
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _executeBatchTransfer(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        uint256 batchLength;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            batchLength := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset))
        }
        if (batchLength > 0) {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(
                executionBatch,
                batchLength
            );
            uint256 transfersLength = successfulTransfers.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < transfersLength; ) {
                if (successfulTransfers[i]) {
                    AtomicExecution memory execution = fungibleTransfers.executions[i];
                    FeeRate memory makerFee;
                    uint256 price;
                    unchecked {
                        if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
                            fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[execution.makerId] += execution
                                .sellerAmount; // amount that needs to be sent *to* the order maker
                            price =
                                execution.sellerAmount +
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.makerFeeAmount;
                        } else {
                            fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[execution.makerId] +=
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.makerFeeAmount +
                                execution.takerFeeAmount +
                                execution.sellerAmount; // amount that needs to be taken *from* the order maker
                            price =
                                execution.sellerAmount +
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.takerFeeAmount;
                        }
                        fungibleTransfers.totalSellerTransfer += execution.sellerAmount; // only for bids
                        fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee += execution.protocolFeeAmount;
                        fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee += execution.takerFeeAmount;
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[execution.makerFeeRecipientId] += execution
                            .makerFeeAmount;
                        makerFee = FeeRate(
                            fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[execution.makerFeeRecipientId],
                            uint16((execution.makerFeeAmount * _BASIS_POINTS) / price)
                        );
                    }
                    /* Commit state updates. */
                    StateUpdate memory stateUpdate = fungibleTransfers.executions[i].stateUpdate;
                    {
                        address trader = stateUpdate.trader;
                        bytes32 hash = stateUpdate.hash;
                        uint256 index = stateUpdate.index;
                        uint256 _amountTaken = amountTaken[trader][hash][index];
                        uint256 newAmountTaken = _amountTaken + stateUpdate.value;
                        /* Overfulfilled Listings should be caught prior to inserting into the batch, but this check prevents any misuse. */
                        if (newAmountTaken <= stateUpdate.maxAmount) {
                            amountTaken[trader][hash][index] = newAmountTaken;
                        } else {
                            revert OrderFulfilled();
                        }
                    }
                    _emitExecutionEventFromBatch(
                        executionBatch,
                        price,
                        makerFee,
                        fees,
                        stateUpdate,
                        orderType,
                        i
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
                /* Transfer the payments to the sellers. */
                uint256 makersLength = fungibleTransfers.makerId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < makersLength; ) {
                    _transferETH(fungibleTransfers.makers[i], fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[i]);
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the fees to the fee recipients. */
                uint256 feesLength = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < feesLength; ) {
                    _transferETH(
                        fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[i],
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the protocol fees. */
                _transferETH(fees.protocolFee.recipient, fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee);
                /* Transfer the taker fees. */
                _transferETH(fees.takerFee.recipient, fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee);
            } else {
                /* Take the pool funds from the buyers. */
                uint256 makersLength = fungibleTransfers.makerId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < makersLength; ) {
                    _transferPool(
                        fungibleTransfers.makers[i],
                        address(this),
                        fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the payment to the seller. */
                _transferPool(address(this), msg.sender, fungibleTransfers.totalSellerTransfer);
                /* Transfer the fees to the fee recipients. */
                uint256 feesLength = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < feesLength; ) {
                    _transferPool(
                        address(this),
                        fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[i],
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the protocol fees. */
                _transferPool(
                    address(this),
                    fees.protocolFee.recipient,
                    fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee
                );
                /* Transfer the taker fees. */
                _transferPool(
                    address(this),
                    fees.takerFee.recipient,
                    fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to execute a series of nonfungible transfers through the delegate; reverts will be skipped
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param batchIndex Current available transfer slot in the batch
     * @return Array indicating which transfers were successful
     */
    function _executeNonfungibleTransfers(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        uint256 batchIndex
    ) internal returns (bool[] memory) {
        address delegate = _DELEGATE;
        /* Initialize the memory space for the successful transfers array returned from the Delegate call. */
        uint256 successfulTransfersPointer;
        assembly {
            successfulTransfersPointer := mload(Memory_pointer)
            /* Need to shift the free memory pointer ahead one word to account for the array pointer returned from the call. */
            mstore(Memory_pointer, add(successfulTransfersPointer, One_word))
        }
        bool[] memory successfulTransfers = new bool[](batchIndex);
        assembly {
            let size := mload(executionBatch)
            let selectorPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_selector_offset)
            mstore(selectorPointer, shr(Bytes4_shift, Delegate_transfer_selector))
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                delegate,
                0,
                add(selectorPointer, Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset),
                sub(size, Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset),
                successfulTransfersPointer,
                add(0x40, mul(batchIndex, One_word))
            )
        }
        return successfulTransfers;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        TRANSFER FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ETH
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to send
     */
    function _transferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (amount > 0) {
            bool success;
            assembly {
                success := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
            }
            if (!success) {
                revert ETHTransferFailed();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer pool funds on behalf of a user
     * @param from Sender address
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount to send
     */
    function _transferPool(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (amount > 0) {
            bool success;
            address pool = _POOL;
            assembly {
                let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
                mstore(x, ERC20_transferFrom_selector)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset), from)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset), to)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset), amount)
                success := call(gas(), pool, 0, x, ERC20_transferFrom_size, 0, 0)
            }
            if (!success) {
                revert PoolTransferFailed();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit ETH to user's pool funds
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to deposit
     */
    function _depositPool(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool success;
        address pool = _POOL;
        assembly {
            let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
            mstore(x, Pool_deposit_selector)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_deposit_user_offset), to)
            success := call(gas(), pool, amount, x, Pool_deposit_size, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert PoolDepositFailed();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw ETH from user's pool funds
     * @param from Address to withdraw from
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to withdraw
     */
    function _withdrawFromPool(address from, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool success;
        address pool = _POOL;
        assembly {
            let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
            mstore(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_selector)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset), from)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset), address())
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset), amount)
            success := call(gas(), pool, 0, x, Pool_withdrawFrom_size, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert PoolWithdrawFromFailed();
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EVENT EMITTERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Emit Execution event from a single execution
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param fees Protocol, maker, and taker fees taken
     * @param stateUpdate Fulfillment to be recorded with a successful execution
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param transferIndex Index of the transfer corresponding to the execution
     */
    function _emitExecutionEventFromBatch(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees,
        StateUpdate memory stateUpdate,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 transferIndex
    ) internal {
        Transfer memory transfer;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            transfer := add(
                add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word)),
                mul(transferIndex, Transfer_size)
            )
        }
        _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
            transfer,
            stateUpdate.hash,
            stateUpdate.index,
            price,
            makerFee,
            fees,
            orderType
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Emit the Execution event that minimizes the number of bytes in the log
     * @param transfer The nft transfer
     * @param orderHash Order hash
     * @param listingIndex Index of the listing being fulfilled within the order
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param makerFee Maker fees taken
     * @param fees Protocol, and taker fees taken
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
        Transfer memory transfer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        if (
            // see _insertNonfungibleTransfer; ERC721 transfers don't set the transfer amount,
            // so we can assume the transfer amount and not check it
            transfer.assetType == AssetType.ERC721 &&
            fees.protocolFee.rate == 0 &&
            transfer.id < 1 << (11 * 8) &&
            listingIndex < 1 << (1 * 8) &&
            price < 1 << (11 * 8)
        ) {
            if (makerFee.rate == 0 && fees.takerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721Packed(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection)
                );
                return;
            } else if (makerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721TakerFeePacked(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection),
                    packFee(fees.takerFee)
                );
                return;
            } else if (fees.takerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721MakerFeePacked(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection),
                    packFee(makerFee)
                );
                return;
            }
        }
        emit Execution({
            transfer: transfer,
            orderHash: orderHash,
            listingIndex: listingIndex,
            price: price,
            makerFee: makerFee,
            fees: fees,
            orderType: orderType
        });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Emit Execution event from a single execution
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param order Order being fulfilled
     * @param listingIndex Index of the listing being fulfilled within the order
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param fees Protocol, and taker fees taken
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _emitExecutionEvent(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        Order memory order,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        Transfer memory transfer;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            transfer := add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word))
        }
        _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
            transfer,
            bytes32(order.salt),
            listingIndex,
            price,
            order.makerFee,
            fees,
            orderType
        );
    }
    function packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        address trader
    ) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (tokenId << (21 * 8)) | (listingIndex << (20 * 8)) | uint160(trader);
    }
    function packTypePriceCollection(
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 price,
        address collection
    ) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (uint256(orderType) << (31 * 8)) | (price << (20 * 8)) | uint160(collection);
    }
    function packFee(FeeRate memory fee) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (uint256(fee.rate) << (20 * 8)) | uint160(fee.recipient);
    }
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
uint256 constant Bytes1_shift = 0xf8;
uint256 constant Bytes4_shift = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Bytes20_shift = 0x60;
uint256 constant One_word = 0x20;
uint256 constant Memory_pointer = 0x40;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC721 = 0;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC1155 = 1;
uint256 constant OrderType_ASK = 0;
uint256 constant OrderType_BID = 1;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_selector = 0x9555a94200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_selector = 0xf340fa0100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_user_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_size = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_selector = 0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0x42842e0e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size = 0xc4;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_size = 0x59;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset = 0x41;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_oracle_offset = 0x45;
uint256 constant Signatures_size = 0x41;
uint256 constant Signatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Signatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_selector = 0xa1ccb98e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant Order_size = 0x100;
uint256 constant Order_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Order_collection_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Order_listingsRoot_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Order_numberOfListings_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Order_expirationTime_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Order_assetType_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Order_makerFee_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Order_salt_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Exchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Exchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Exchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Exchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Exchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant BidExchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant BidExchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant BidExchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant BidExchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant BidExchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Listing_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Listing_index_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Listing_tokenId_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Listing_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Listing_price_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Taker_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant Taker_tokenId_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Taker_amount_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_salt_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_leaf_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_value_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Transfer_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Transfer_id_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Transfer_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Transfer_collection_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_assetType_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_selector_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_base_size = 0xa0; // size of the executionBatch without the flattened dynamic elements
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_taker_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_length_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset = 0x80;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
struct TakeAsk {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeAskSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeBid {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
}
struct TakeBidSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
}
enum AssetType {
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
enum OrderType {
    ASK,
    BID
}
struct Exchange { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    bytes32[] proof; // 0x20
    Listing listing; // 0x40
    Taker taker; // 0x60
}
struct Listing { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    uint256 price; // 0x60
}
struct Taker { // Size: 0x40
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x00
    uint256 amount; // 0x20
}
struct Order { // Size: 0x100
    address trader; // 0x00
    address collection; // 0x20
    bytes32 listingsRoot; // 0x40
    uint256 numberOfListings; // 0x60
    uint256 expirationTime; // 0x80
    AssetType assetType; // 0xa0
    FeeRate makerFee; // 0xc0
    uint256 salt; // 0xe0
}
/*
Reference only; struct is composed manually using calldata formatting in execution
struct ExecutionBatch { // Size: 0x80
    address taker; // 0x00
    OrderType orderType; // 0x20
    Transfer[] transfers; // 0x40
    uint256 length; // 0x60
}
*/
struct Transfer { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    uint256 id; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    address collection; // 0x60
    AssetType assetType; // 0x80
}
struct FungibleTransfers {
    uint256 totalProtocolFee;
    uint256 totalSellerTransfer;
    uint256 totalTakerFee;
    uint256 feeRecipientId;
    uint256 makerId;
    address[] feeRecipients;
    address[] makers;
    uint256[] makerTransfers;
    uint256[] feeTransfers;
    AtomicExecution[] executions;
}
struct AtomicExecution { // Size: 0xe0
    uint256 makerId; // 0x00
    uint256 sellerAmount; // 0x20
    uint256 makerFeeRecipientId; // 0x40
    uint256 makerFeeAmount; // 0x60
    uint256 takerFeeAmount; // 0x80
    uint256 protocolFeeAmount; // 0xa0
    StateUpdate stateUpdate; // 0xc0
}
struct StateUpdate { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    bytes32 hash; // 0x20
    uint256 index; // 0x40
    uint256 value; // 0x60
    uint256 maxAmount; // 0x80
}
struct Fees { // Size: 0x40
    FeeRate protocolFee; // 0x00
    FeeRate takerFee; // 0x20
}
struct FeeRate { // Size: 0x40
    address recipient; // 0x00
    uint16 rate; // 0x20
}
struct Cancel {
    bytes32 hash;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 amount;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    Exchange,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    AssetType,
    OrderType,
    Transfer,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    Cancel,
    Listing
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IBlurExchangeV2 {
    error InsufficientFunds();
    error TokenTransferFailed();
    error InvalidOrder();
    error ProtocolFeeTooHigh();
    event NewProtocolFee(address indexed recipient, uint16 indexed rate);
    event NewGovernor(address indexed governor);
    event NewBlockRange(uint256 blockRange);
    event CancelTrade(address indexed user, bytes32 hash, uint256 index, uint256 amount);
    event NonceIncremented(address indexed user, uint256 newNonce);
    event SetOracle(address indexed user, bool approved);
    function initialize() external;
    function setProtocolFee(address recipient, uint16 rate) external;
    function setGovernor(address _governor) external;
    function setOracle(address oracle, bool approved) external;
    function setBlockRange(uint256 _blockRange) external;
    function cancelTrades(Cancel[] memory cancels) external;
    function incrementNonce() external;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function takeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external payable;
    function takeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external;
    function takeAskSingle(TakeAskSingle memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external payable;
    function takeBidSingle(TakeBidSingle memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION POOL WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function takeAskSinglePool(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable;
    function takeAskPool(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
/// @notice Upgradeable gas optimized reentrancy protection for smart contracts.
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable {
    uint256 private locked;
    function __Reentrancy_init() internal {
        locked = 1;
    }
    modifier nonReentrant() virtual {
        require(locked == 1, "REENTRANCY");
        locked = 2;
        _;
        locked = 1;
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1967Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlotUpgradeable.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            AddressUpgradeable.isContract(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.9._
 */
interface IERC1967Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { MerkleProof } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import { Signatures } from "./Signatures.sol";
import { AssetType, Order, Exchange, Listing, OrderType, FeeRate, Fees, Taker } from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IValidation } from "./interfaces/IValidation.sol";
abstract contract Validation is IValidation, Signatures {
    uint256 internal constant _BASIS_POINTS = 10_000;
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE_RATE = 250;
    FeeRate public protocolFee;
    /* amountTaken[user][orderHash][listingIndex] */
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => mapping(uint256 => uint256))) public amountTaken;
    constructor(address proxy) Signatures(proxy) {}
    /**
     * @notice Check if an order has expired
     * @param order Order to check liveness
     * @return Order is live
     */
    function _checkLiveness(Order memory order) private view returns (bool) {
        return (order.expirationTime > block.timestamp);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check that the fees to be taken will not overflow the purchase price
     * @param makerFee Maker fee amount
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @return Fees are valid
     */
    function _checkFee(FeeRate memory makerFee, Fees memory fees) private pure returns (bool) {
        return makerFee.rate + fees.takerFee.rate + fees.protocolFee.rate <= _BASIS_POINTS;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a list of orders and prepare arrays for recording pending fulfillments
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param orderType Order type for all orders
     * @param signatures Bytes array of the order signatures
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     */
    function _validateOrders(
        Order[] memory orders,
        OrderType orderType,
        bytes memory signatures,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal view returns (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) {
        uint256 ordersLength = orders.length;
        validOrders = new bool[](ordersLength);
        pendingAmountTaken = new uint256[][](ordersLength);
        for (uint256 i; i < ordersLength; ) {
            pendingAmountTaken[i] = new uint256[](orders[i].numberOfListings);
            validOrders[i] = _validateOrder(orders[i], orderType, signatures, fees, i);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate an order
     * @param order Order to validate
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @param signatureIndex Index of the order signature
     * @return Validity of the order
     */
    function _validateOrder(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        bytes memory signatures,
        Fees memory fees,
        uint256 signatureIndex
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 orderHash = hashOrder(order, orderType);
        /* After hashing, the salt is no longer needed so we can store the order hash here. */
        order.salt = uint256(orderHash);
        return _verifyAuthorization(
            order.trader,
            orderHash,
            signatures,
            signatureIndex
        ) &&
            _checkLiveness(order) &&
            _checkFee(order.makerFee, fees);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a listing (only valid if the order has be prevalidated)
     * @dev Validation can be manipulated by inputting the same order twice in the orders array,
     * which will effectively bypass the `pendingAmountTaken` check. There is a safety check at the
     * execution phase that will revert the transaction if this manipulation overdraws an order.
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @param validOrders List indicated which orders were validated
     * @param pendingAmountTaken Pending fulfillments from the current batch
     * @return validListing Validity of the listing
     */
    function _validateListingFromBatch(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        bool[] memory validOrders,
        uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken
    ) internal view returns (bool validListing) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 listingIndex = listing.index;
        uint256 amountTaken = amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listingIndex];
        uint256 pendingAmountTaken = pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][listingIndex];
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        unchecked {
            validListing =
                validOrders[exchange.index] &&
                _validateListing(order, orderType, exchange) &&
                pendingAmountTaken + takerAmount <= type(uint256).max - amountTaken &&
                amountTaken + pendingAmountTaken + takerAmount <= listing.amount;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a listing and its proposed exchange
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @return validListing Validity of the listing and its proposed exchange
     */
    function _validateListing(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange
    ) private pure returns (bool validListing) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        validListing = MerkleProof.verify(exchange.proof, order.listingsRoot, hashListing(listing));
        Taker memory taker = exchange.taker;
        if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
            if (order.assetType == AssetType.ERC721) {
                validListing = validListing && taker.amount == 1 && listing.amount == 1;
            }
            validListing = validListing && listing.tokenId == taker.tokenId;
        } else {
            if (order.assetType == AssetType.ERC721) {
                validListing = validListing && taker.amount == 1;
            } else {
                validListing = validListing && listing.tokenId == taker.tokenId;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate both the listing and it's parent order (only for single executions)
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @param signature Order signature
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @return Validity of the order and listing
     */
    function _validateOrderAndListing(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        bytes memory signature,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 listingIndex = listing.index;
        return
            _validateOrder(order, orderType, signature, fees, 0) &&
            _validateListing(order, orderType, exchange) &&
            amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listingIndex] + exchange.taker.amount <=
            listing.amount;
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { AssetType, OrderType, Transfer } from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IDelegate {
    function transfer(
        address caller,
        OrderType orderType,
        Transfer[] calldata transfers,
        uint256 length
    ) external returns (bool[] memory successful);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    Transfer,
    OrderType
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IExecutor {
    error ETHTransferFailed();
    error PoolTransferFailed();
    error PoolWithdrawFromFailed();
    error PoolDepositFailed();
    error OrderFulfilled();
    event Execution(
        Transfer transfer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate makerFee,
        Fees fees,
        OrderType orderType
    );
    event Execution721Packed(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide
    );
    event Execution721TakerFeePacked(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide,
        uint256 takerFeeRecipientRate
    );
    event Execution721MakerFeePacked(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide,
        uint256 makerFeeRecipientRate
    );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    FeeRate,
    Order,
    OrderType,
    AssetType,
    Listing
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { ISignatures } from "./interfaces/ISignatures.sol";
abstract contract Signatures is ISignatures {
    string private constant _NAME = "Blur Exchange";
    string private constant _VERSION = "1.0";
    bytes32 private immutable _FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 private immutable _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 private immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public oracles;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    uint256 public blockRange;
    constructor(address proxy) {
        (_FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH, _ORDER_TYPEHASH, _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR) = _createTypehashes(proxy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify the domain separator produced during deployment of the implementation matches that of the proxy
     */
    function verifyDomain() public view {
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                "string name,",
                "string version,",
                "uint256 chainId,",
                "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );
        bytes32 domainSeparator = _hashDomain(
            eip712DomainTypehash,
            keccak256(bytes(_NAME)),
            keccak256(bytes(_VERSION)),
            address(this)
        );
        if (_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR != domainSeparator) {
            revert InvalidDomain();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return version and domain separator
     */
    function information() external view returns (string memory version, bytes32 domainSeparator) {
        version = _VERSION;
        domainSeparator = _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeAsk calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeAsk inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeBid calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeBid inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeAskSingle calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeAskSingle inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeAskSingle(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        address _caller
    ) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeBidSingle calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeBidSingle inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeBidSingle(
        TakeBidSingle memory inputs,
        address _caller
    ) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash of an Order
     * @dev Includes two additional parameters not in the struct (orderType, nonce)
     * @param order Order to hash
     * @param orderType OrderType of the Order
     * @return Order EIP712 hash
     */
    function hashOrder(Order memory order, OrderType orderType) public view returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _ORDER_TYPEHASH,
                    order.trader,
                    order.collection,
                    order.listingsRoot,
                    order.numberOfListings,
                    order.expirationTime,
                    order.assetType,
                    _hashFeeRate(order.makerFee),
                    order.salt,
                    orderType,
                    nonces[order.trader]
                )
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of a Listing struct
     * @param listing Listing to hash
     * @return Listing hash
     */
    function hashListing(Listing memory listing) public pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(listing.index, listing.tokenId, listing.amount, listing.price));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of calldata with an approved caller
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return hash Calldata hash
     */
    function _hashCalldata(address _caller) internal pure returns (bytes32 hash) {
        assembly {
            let nextPointer := mload(0x40)
            let size := add(sub(nextPointer, 0x80), 0x20)
            mstore(nextPointer, _caller)
            hash := keccak256(0x80, size)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash of a FeeRate struct
     * @param feeRate FeeRate to hash
     * @return FeeRate EIP712 hash
     */
    function _hashFeeRate(FeeRate memory feeRate) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH, feeRate.recipient, feeRate.rate));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash to sign
     * @param hash Primary EIP712 object hash
     * @return EIP712 hash
     */
    function _hashToSign(bytes32 hash) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(bytes.concat(bytes2(0x1901), _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR, hash));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Generate all EIP712 Typehashes
     */
    function _createTypehashes(
        address proxy
    )
        private
        view
        returns (bytes32 feeRateTypehash, bytes32 orderTypehash, bytes32 domainSeparator)
    {
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                "string name,",
                "string version,",
                "uint256 chainId,",
                "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );
        bytes memory feeRateTypestring = "FeeRate(address recipient,uint16 rate)";
        orderTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "Order(",
                "address trader,",
                "address collection,",
                "bytes32 listingsRoot,",
                "uint256 numberOfListings,",
                "uint256 expirationTime,",
                "uint8 assetType,",
                "FeeRate makerFee,",
                "uint256 salt,",
                "uint8 orderType,",
                "uint256 nonce",
                ")",
                feeRateTypestring
            )
        );
        feeRateTypehash = keccak256(feeRateTypestring);
        domainSeparator = _hashDomain(
            eip712DomainTypehash,
            keccak256(bytes(_NAME)),
            keccak256(bytes(_VERSION)),
            proxy
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 domain separator
     * @param eip712DomainTypehash Typehash of the EIP712Domain struct
     * @param nameHash Hash of the contract name
     * @param versionHash Hash of the version string
     * @param proxy Address of the proxy this implementation will be behind
     * @return EIP712Domain hash
     */
    function _hashDomain(
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash,
        bytes32 nameHash,
        bytes32 versionHash,
        address proxy
    ) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(eip712DomainTypehash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, proxy)
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify EIP712 signature
     * @param signer Address of the alleged signer
     * @param hash EIP712 hash
     * @param signatures Packed bytes array of order signatures
     * @param index Index of the signature to verify
     * @return authorized Validity of the signature
     */
    function _verifyAuthorization(
        address signer,
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes memory signatures,
        uint256 index
    ) internal view returns (bool authorized) {
        bytes32 hashToSign = _hashToSign(hash);
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint8 v;
        assembly {
            let signatureOffset := add(add(signatures, One_word), mul(Signatures_size, index))
            r := mload(signatureOffset)
            s := mload(add(signatureOffset, Signatures_s_offset))
            v := shr(Bytes1_shift, mload(add(signatureOffset, Signatures_v_offset)))
        }
        authorized = _verify(signer, hashToSign, v, r, s);
    }
    modifier verifyOracleSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes calldata oracleSignature) {
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint8 v;
        uint32 blockNumber;
        address oracle;
        assembly {
            let signatureOffset := oracleSignature.offset
            r := calldataload(signatureOffset)
            s := calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_s_offset))
            v := shr(Bytes1_shift, calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_v_offset)))
            blockNumber := shr(
                Bytes4_shift,
                calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset))
            )
            oracle := shr(
                Bytes20_shift,
                calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_oracle_offset))
            )
        }
        if (blockNumber + blockRange < block.number) {
            revert ExpiredOracleSignature();
        }
        if (oracles[oracle] == 0) {
            revert UnauthorizedOracle();
        }
        if (!_verify(oracle, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(hash, blockNumber)), v, r, s)) {
            revert InvalidOracleSignature();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify signature of digest
     * @param signer Address of expected signer
     * @param digest Signature digest
     * @param v v parameter
     * @param r r parameter
     * @param s s parameter
     */
    function _verify(
        address signer,
        bytes32 digest,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) private pure returns (bool valid) {
        address recoveredSigner = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
        if (recoveredSigner != address(0) && recoveredSigner == signer) {
            valid = true;
        }
    }
    uint256[47] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { FeeRate } from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IValidation {
    function protocolFee() external view returns (address, uint16);
    function amountTaken(address user, bytes32 hash, uint256 listingIndex) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    OrderType,
    Listing
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface ISignatures {
    error Unauthorized();
    error ExpiredOracleSignature();
    error UnauthorizedOracle();
    error InvalidOracleSignature();
    error InvalidDomain();
    function oracles(address oracle) external view returns (uint256);
    function nonces(address user) external view returns (uint256);
    function blockRange() external view returns (uint256);
    function verifyDomain() external view;
    function information() external view returns (string memory version, bytes32 domainSeparator);
    function hashListing(Listing memory listing) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashOrder(Order memory order, OrderType orderType) external view returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeAskSingle(TakeAskSingle memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeBidSingle(TakeBidSingle memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { ERC721 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC721.sol";
import { ERC1155 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol";
import { ERC20 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC20.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import { AssetType, OrderType, Transfer } from "./lib/Structs.sol";
contract Delegate {
    error Unauthorized();
    error InvalidLength();
    address private immutable _EXCHANGE;
    constructor(address exchange) {
        _EXCHANGE = exchange;
    }
    modifier onlyApproved() {
        if (msg.sender != _EXCHANGE) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    function transfer(
        address taker,
        OrderType orderType,
        Transfer[] calldata transfers,
        uint256 length
    ) external onlyApproved returns (bool[] memory successful) {
        if (transfers.length < length) {
            revert InvalidLength();
        }
        successful = new bool[](length);
        for (uint256 i; i < length; ) {
            assembly {
                let calldataPointer := mload(0x40)
                let transfersPointer := add(transfers.offset, mul(Transfer_size, i))
                let assetType := calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_assetType_offset))
                switch assetType
                case 0 {
                    // AssetType_ERC721
                    mstore(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector)
                    switch orderType
                    case 0 {
                        // OrderType_ASK; taker is recipient
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset), taker)
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset),
                            calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_trader_offset))
                        )
                    }
                    case 1 {
                        // OrderType_BID; taker is sender
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset), taker)
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset),
                            calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_trader_offset))
                        )
                    }
                    default {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset),
                        calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_id_offset))
                    )
                    let collection := calldataload(
                        add(transfersPointer, Transfer_collection_offset)
                    )
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        collection,
                        0,
                        calldataPointer,
                        ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    mstore(add(add(successful, 0x20), mul(0x20, i)), success)
                }
                case 1 {
                    // AssetType_ERC1155
                    mstore(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector)
                    switch orderType
                    case 0 {
                        // OrderType_ASK; taker is recipient
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset),
                            calldataload(
                                add(
                                    transfersPointer,
                                    Transfer_trader_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset), taker)
                    }
                    case 1 {
                        // OrderType_BID; taker is sender
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset),
                            calldataload(
                                add(
                                    transfersPointer,
                                    Transfer_trader_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset), taker)
                    }
                    default {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset), 0xa0)
                    mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset), 0)
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset),
                        calldataload(
                            add(transfersPointer, Transfer_id_offset)
                        )
                    )
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset),
                        calldataload(
                            add(
                                transfersPointer,
                                Transfer_amount_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                    let collection := calldataload(
                        add(
                            transfersPointer,
                            Transfer_collection_offset
                        )
                    )
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        collection,
                        0,
                        calldataPointer,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    mstore(add(add(successful, 0x20), mul(0x20, i)), success)
                }
                default {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern, minimalist, and gas efficient ERC-721 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC721.sol)
abstract contract ERC721 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed id);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 indexed id);
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         METADATA STORAGE/LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    function tokenURI(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (string memory);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                      ERC721 BALANCE/OWNER STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(uint256 => address) internal _ownerOf;
    mapping(address => uint256) internal _balanceOf;
    function ownerOf(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (address owner) {
        require((owner = _ownerOf[id]) != address(0), "NOT_MINTED");
    }
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ZERO_ADDRESS");
        return _balanceOf[owner];
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         ERC721 APPROVAL STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(uint256 => address) public getApproved;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) public isApprovedForAll;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(string memory _name, string memory _symbol) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC721 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 id) public virtual {
        address owner = _ownerOf[id];
        require(msg.sender == owner || isApprovedForAll[owner][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        getApproved[id] = spender;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, id);
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        isApprovedForAll[msg.sender][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator, approved);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id
    ) public virtual {
        require(from == _ownerOf[id], "WRONG_FROM");
        require(to != address(0), "INVALID_RECIPIENT");
        require(
            msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender] || msg.sender == getApproved[id],
            "NOT_AUTHORIZED"
        );
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[from]--;
            _balanceOf[to]++;
        }
        _ownerOf[id] = to;
        delete getApproved[id];
        emit Transfer(from, to, id);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id
    ) public virtual {
        transferFrom(from, to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, from, id, "") ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        transferFrom(from, to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, from, id, data) ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC165 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC165
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC721
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC721Metadata
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 id) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "INVALID_RECIPIENT");
        require(_ownerOf[id] == address(0), "ALREADY_MINTED");
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[to]++;
        }
        _ownerOf[id] = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, id);
    }
    function _burn(uint256 id) internal virtual {
        address owner = _ownerOf[id];
        require(owner != address(0), "NOT_MINTED");
        // Ownership check above ensures no underflow.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[owner]--;
        }
        delete _ownerOf[id];
        delete getApproved[id];
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), id);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL SAFE MINT LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 id) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, "") ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, data) ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
}
/// @notice A generic interface for a contract which properly accepts ERC721 tokens.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC721.sol)
abstract contract ERC721TokenReceiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Minimalist and gas efficient standard ERC1155 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol)
abstract contract ERC1155 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    );
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             ERC1155 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) public isApprovedForAll;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function uri(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (string memory);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC1155 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        isApprovedForAll[msg.sender][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator, approved);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        require(msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
        balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, from, to, id, amount);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155Received(msg.sender, from, id, amount, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        require(msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        // Storing these outside the loop saves ~15 gas per iteration.
        uint256 id;
        uint256 amount;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ) {
            id = ids[i];
            amount = amounts[i];
            balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
            balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, from, to, ids, amounts);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(msg.sender, from, ids, amounts, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata owners, uint256[] calldata ids)
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (uint256[] memory balances)
    {
        require(owners.length == ids.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        balances = new uint256[](owners.length);
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the array index counter which cannot possibly overflow.
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < owners.length; ++i) {
                balances[i] = balanceOf[owners[i]][ids[i]];
            }
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC165 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC165
            interfaceId == 0xd9b67a26 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC1155
            interfaceId == 0x0e89341c; // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC1155MetadataURI
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, address(0), to, id, amount);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, amount, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _batchMint(
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        uint256 idsLength = ids.length; // Saves MLOADs.
        require(idsLength == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < idsLength; ) {
            balanceOf[to][ids[i]] += amounts[i];
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, address(0), to, ids, amounts);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(msg.sender, address(0), ids, amounts, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _batchBurn(
        address from,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts
    ) internal virtual {
        uint256 idsLength = ids.length; // Saves MLOADs.
        require(idsLength == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < idsLength; ) {
            balanceOf[from][ids[i]] -= amounts[i];
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, from, address(0), ids, amounts);
    }
    function _burn(
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, from, address(0), id, amount);
    }
}
/// @notice A generic interface for a contract which properly accepts ERC1155 tokens.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol)
abstract contract ERC1155TokenReceiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] calldata,
        uint256[] calldata,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC20.sol)
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
/// @dev Do not manually set balances without updating totalSupply, as the sum of all user balances must not exceed it.
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 amount);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public virtual returns (bool) {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 allowed = allowance[from][msg.sender]; // Saves gas for limited approvals.
        if (allowed != type(uint256).max) allowance[from][msg.sender] = allowed - amount;
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "\\x19\\x01",
                        DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                        keccak256(
                            abi.encode(
                                keccak256(
                                    "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
                                ),
                                owner,
                                spender,
                                value,
                                nonces[owner]++,
                                deadline
                            )
                        )
                    )
                ),
                v,
                r,
                s
            );
            require(recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner, "INVALID_SIGNER");
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256("1"),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
uint256 constant Bytes1_shift = 0xf8;
uint256 constant Bytes4_shift = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Bytes20_shift = 0x60;
uint256 constant One_word = 0x20;
uint256 constant Memory_pointer = 0x40;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC721 = 0;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC1155 = 1;
uint256 constant OrderType_ASK = 0;
uint256 constant OrderType_BID = 1;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_selector = 0x9555a94200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_selector = 0xf340fa0100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_user_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_size = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_selector = 0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0x42842e0e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size = 0xc4;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_size = 0x59;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset = 0x41;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_oracle_offset = 0x45;
uint256 constant Signatures_size = 0x41;
uint256 constant Signatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Signatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_selector = 0xa1ccb98e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant Order_size = 0x100;
uint256 constant Order_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Order_collection_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Order_listingsRoot_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Order_numberOfListings_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Order_expirationTime_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Order_assetType_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Order_makerFee_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Order_salt_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Exchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Exchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Exchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Exchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Exchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant BidExchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant BidExchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant BidExchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant BidExchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant BidExchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Listing_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Listing_index_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Listing_tokenId_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Listing_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Listing_price_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Taker_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant Taker_tokenId_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Taker_amount_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_salt_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_leaf_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_value_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Transfer_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Transfer_id_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Transfer_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Transfer_collection_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_assetType_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_selector_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_base_size = 0xa0; // size of the executionBatch without the flattened dynamic elements
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_taker_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_length_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset = 0x80;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
struct TakeAsk {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeAskSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeBid {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
}
struct TakeBidSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
}
enum AssetType {
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
enum OrderType {
    ASK,
    BID
}
struct Exchange { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    bytes32[] proof; // 0x20
    Listing listing; // 0x40
    Taker taker; // 0x60
}
struct Listing { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    uint256 price; // 0x60
}
struct Taker { // Size: 0x40
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x00
    uint256 amount; // 0x20
}
struct Order { // Size: 0x100
    address trader; // 0x00
    address collection; // 0x20
    bytes32 listingsRoot; // 0x40
    uint256 numberOfListings; // 0x60
    uint256 expirationTime; // 0x80
    AssetType assetType; // 0xa0
    FeeRate makerFee; // 0xc0
    uint256 salt; // 0xe0
}
/*
Reference only; struct is composed manually using calldata formatting in execution
struct ExecutionBatch { // Size: 0x80
    address taker; // 0x00
    OrderType orderType; // 0x20
    Transfer[] transfers; // 0x40
    uint256 length; // 0x60
}
*/
struct Transfer { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    uint256 id; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    address collection; // 0x60
    AssetType assetType; // 0x80
}
struct FungibleTransfers {
    uint256 totalProtocolFee;
    uint256 totalSellerTransfer;
    uint256 totalTakerFee;
    uint256 feeRecipientId;
    uint256 makerId;
    address[] feeRecipients;
    address[] makers;
    uint256[] makerTransfers;
    uint256[] feeTransfers;
    AtomicExecution[] executions;
}
struct AtomicExecution { // Size: 0xe0
    uint256 makerId; // 0x00
    uint256 sellerAmount; // 0x20
    uint256 makerFeeRecipientId; // 0x40
    uint256 makerFeeAmount; // 0x60
    uint256 takerFeeAmount; // 0x80
    uint256 protocolFeeAmount; // 0xa0
    StateUpdate stateUpdate; // 0xc0
}
struct StateUpdate { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    bytes32 hash; // 0x20
    uint256 index; // 0x40
    uint256 value; // 0x60
    uint256 maxAmount; // 0x80
}
struct Fees { // Size: 0x40
    FeeRate protocolFee; // 0x00
    FeeRate takerFee; // 0x20
}
struct FeeRate { // Size: 0x40
    address recipient; // 0x00
    uint16 rate; // 0x20
}
struct Cancel {
    bytes32 hash;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 amount;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
////////// CHANGELOG: turn `approve` to virtual //////////
import "../../eip/interface/IERC721A.sol";
import "../../eip/interface/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
import "../../openzeppelin-presets/utils/Context.sol";
import "../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
import "../../eip/ERC165.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
library ERC721AStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ERC721A_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("erc721.a.storage");
    struct Data {
        // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
        mapping(uint256 => IERC721A.TokenOwnership) _ownerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data
        mapping(address => IERC721A.AddressData) _addressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address
        mapping(uint256 => address) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    function erc721AStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage erc721AData) {
        bytes32 position = ERC721A_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            erc721AData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, Context, ERC165, IERC721A {
    using TWAddress for address;
    using TWStrings for uint256;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._name = name_;
        data._symbol = symbol_;
        data._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return data._currentIndex - data._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return data._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return uint256(data._addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < data._currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = data._ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = data._ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return data._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        data._operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return data._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract())
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < data._currentIndex && !data._ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 startTokenId = data._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            data._addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (data._currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
            }
            data._currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        uint256 startTokenId = data._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            data._addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            data._ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex < end);
            data._currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            data._addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            data._addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = data._ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = data._ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != data._currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = data._addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = data._ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = data._ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != data._currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            data._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  @author  thirdweb.com
 *
 *  @title   Contract Metadata
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *           for you contract.
 *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
library ContractMetadataStorage {
    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_METADATA_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("contract.metadata.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
        string contractURI;
    }
    function contractMetadataStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage contractMetadataData) {
        bytes32 position = CONTRACT_METADATA_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            contractMetadataData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
    /**
     *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
     *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
     *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
     *
     *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
        if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupContractURI(_uri);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        string memory prevURI = data.contractURI;
        data.contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
    /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
    function contractURI() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        return data.contractURI;
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/cryptography/draft-EIP712.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../openzeppelin-presets/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
library EIP712Storage {
    bytes32 public constant EIP712_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("eip712.storage");
    struct Data {
        /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
        bytes32 _HASHED_NAME;
        bytes32 _HASHED_VERSION;
        /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
    }
    function eip712Storage() internal pure returns (Data storage eip712Data) {
        bytes32 position = EIP712_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            eip712Data.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
 *
 * The encoding specified in the EIP is very generic, and such a generic implementation in Solidity is not feasible,
 * thus this contract does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding
 * they need in their contracts using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
 *
 * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
 * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
 * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
 *
 * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
 * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
 * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 *
 * @custom:storage-size 52
 */
abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable {
    /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
    bytes32 private constant _TYPE_HASH =
        keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
    /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
     *
     * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
     *
     * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
     * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
     *
     * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
     * contract upgrade].
     */
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }
    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
        bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        data._HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
        data._HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
     */
    function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _buildDomainSeparator(_TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash());
    }
    function _buildDomainSeparator(
        bytes32 typeHash,
        bytes32 nameHash,
        bytes32 versionHash
    ) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(typeHash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, address(this)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
     * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
     *
     * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
     *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
     *     mailTo,
     *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
     * )));
     * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
     * ```
     */
    function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return ECDSA.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712NameHash() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        return data._HASHED_NAME;
    }
    /**
     * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712VersionHash() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        return data._HASHED_VERSION;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../extension/interface/IERC2771Context.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
library ERC2771ContextStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ERC2771_CONTEXT_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("erc2771.context.storage");
    struct Data {
        mapping(address => bool) trustedForwarder;
    }
    function erc2771ContextStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage erc2771ContextData) {
        bytes32 position = ERC2771_CONTEXT_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            erc2771ContextData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
    }
    function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC2771ContextStorage.Data storage data = ERC2771ContextStorage.erc2771ContextStorage();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
            data.trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
        }
    }
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC2771ContextStorage.Data storage data = ERC2771ContextStorage.erc2771ContextStorage();
        return data.trustedForwarder[forwarder];
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return msg.sender;
        }
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return msg.data;
        }
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../lib/TWAddress.sol";
library InitStorage {
    /// @dev The location of the storage of the entrypoint contract's data.
    bytes32 constant INIT_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("init.storage");
    /// @dev Layout of the entrypoint contract's storage.
    struct Data {
        uint8 initialized;
        bool initializing;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the entrypoint contract's data at the relevant storage location.
    function initStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage initData) {
        bytes32 position = INIT_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            initData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. Equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!TWAddress.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        data.initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            data.initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            data.initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * `initializer` is equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`, so a reinitializer may be used after the original
     * initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that are added through upgrades and that require
     * initialization.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        data.initialized = version;
        data.initializing = true;
        _;
        data.initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        require(data.initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        InitStorage.Data storage data = InitStorage.initStorage();
        uint8 _initialized = data.initialized;
        bool _initializing = data.initializing;
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            data.initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IOperatorFilterToggle.sol";
library OperatorFilterToggleStorage {
    bytes32 public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_TOGGLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("operator.filter.toggle.storage");
    struct Data {
        bool operatorRestriction;
    }
    function operatorFilterToggleStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage operatorFilterToggleData) {
        bytes32 position = OPERATOR_FILTER_TOGGLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            operatorFilterToggleData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract OperatorFilterToggle is IOperatorFilterToggle {
    function operatorRestriction() external view override returns (bool) {
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        return data.operatorRestriction;
    }
    function setOperatorRestriction(bool _restriction) external {
        require(_canSetOperatorRestriction(), "Not authorized to set operator restriction.");
        _setOperatorRestriction(_restriction);
    }
    function _setOperatorRestriction(bool _restriction) internal {
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        data.operatorRestriction = _restriction;
        emit OperatorRestriction(_restriction);
    }
    function _canSetOperatorRestriction() internal virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Ownable
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *           information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
library OwnableStorage {
    bytes32 public constant OWNABLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("ownable.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
        address _owner;
    }
    function ownableStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage ownableData) {
        bytes32 position = OWNABLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            ownableData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
    /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        if (msg.sender != data._owner) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
     */
    function owner() public view override returns (address) {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        return data._owner;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
     *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
     */
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
        if (!_canSetOwner()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        address _prevOwner = data._owner;
        data._owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPermissions.sol";
import "../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Permissions
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
 */
library PermissionsStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PERMISSIONS_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("permissions.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
        mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) _hasRole;
        /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
        mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) _getRoleAdmin;
    }
    function permissionsStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage permissionsData) {
        bytes32 position = PERMISSIONS_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            permissionsData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract Permissions is IPermissions {
    /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._hasRole[role][account];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
     *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
     *
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
     *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
     *                        don't apply.
     *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
     *                        restrictions will apply.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        if (!data._hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
            return data._hasRole[role][account];
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
     *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
     *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._getRoleAdmin[role];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(data._getRoleAdmin[role], _msgSender());
        if (data._hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert("Can only grant to non holders");
        }
        _setupRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(data._getRoleAdmin[role], _msgSender());
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        if (_msgSender() != account) {
            revert("Can only renounce for self");
        }
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = data._getRoleAdmin[role];
        data._getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        data._hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        _checkRole(role, account);
        delete data._hasRole[role][account];
        emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        if (!data._hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "Permissions: account ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "Permissions: account ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        TWStrings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address sender) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./Permissions.sol";
/**
 *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
 *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
 */
library PermissionsEnumerableStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PERMISSIONS_ENUMERABLE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("permissions.enumerable.storage");
    /**
     *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
     *
     *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
     *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
     *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
     */
    struct RoleMembers {
        uint256 index;
        mapping(uint256 => address) members;
        mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
    }
    struct Data {
        /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
        mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) roleMembers;
    }
    function permissionsEnumerableStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage permissionsEnumerableData) {
        bytes32 position = PERMISSIONS_ENUMERABLE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            permissionsEnumerableData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
     *                  at a given index.
     *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
     *
     *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 currentIndex = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        uint256 check;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (data.roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                if (check == index) {
                    member = data.roleMembers[role].members[i];
                    return member;
                }
                check += 1;
            } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                check += 1;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
     *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *
     *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 currentIndex = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (data.roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
            count += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_removeMember}
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _removeMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_addMember}
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        data.roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        data.roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
    /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        delete data.roleMembers[role].members[idx];
        delete data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
library PrimarySaleStorage {
    bytes32 public constant PRIMARY_SALE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("primary.sale.storage");
    struct Data {
        address recipient;
    }
    function primarySaleStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage primarySaleData) {
        bytes32 position = PRIMARY_SALE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            primarySaleData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 *  @title   Primary Sale
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *           primary sales, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
    function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        return data.recipient;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
     *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *
     *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
     */
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
        if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        data.recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/IRoyalty.sol";
library RoyaltyStorage {
    bytes32 public constant ROYALTY_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("royalty.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
        address royaltyRecipient;
        /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
        uint16 royaltyBps;
        /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
        mapping(uint256 => IRoyalty.RoyaltyInfo) royaltyInfoForToken;
    }
    function royaltyStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage royaltyData) {
        bytes32 position = ROYALTY_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            royaltyData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
/**
 *  @title   Royalty
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
    /**
     *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
     *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
     *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
     *
     *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
     *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
        receiver = recipient;
        royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
     *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
     *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     */
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = data.royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
        return
            royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                ? (data.royaltyRecipient, uint16(data.royaltyBps))
                : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        return (data.royaltyRecipient, uint16(data.royaltyBps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
     *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        data.royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
     *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
     *
     *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
     *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
     */
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address _recipient,
        uint256 _bps
    ) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert("Not authorized");
        }
        _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
    function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address _recipient,
        uint256 _bps
    ) internal {
        if (_bps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
        emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../extension/interface/ISignatureAction.sol";
import "./EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
library SignatureActionStorage {
    bytes32 public constant SIGNATURE_ACTION_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("signature.action.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Mapping from a signed request UID => whether the request is processed.
        mapping(bytes32 => bool) executed;
    }
    function signatureActionStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage signatureActionData) {
        bytes32 position = SIGNATURE_ACTION_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            signatureActionData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
abstract contract SignatureActionUpgradeable is EIP712Upgradeable, ISignatureAction {
    using ECDSA for bytes32;
    bytes32 private constant TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("GenericRequest(uint128 validityStartTimestamp,uint128 validityEndTimestamp,bytes32 uid,bytes data)");
    function __SignatureAction_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init("SignatureAction", "1");
    }
    function __SignatureAction_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
    /// @dev Verifies that a request is signed by an authorized account.
    function verify(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (bool success, address signer)
    {
        SignatureActionStorage.Data storage data = SignatureActionStorage.signatureActionStorage();
        signer = _recoverAddress(_req, _signature);
        success = !data.executed[_req.uid] && _isAuthorizedSigner(signer);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether a given address is authorized to sign requests.
    function _isAuthorizedSigner(address _signer) internal view virtual returns (bool);
    /// @dev Verifies a request and marks the request as processed.
    function _processRequest(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature)
        internal
        returns (address signer)
    {
        bool success;
        (success, signer) = verify(_req, _signature);
        if (!success) {
            revert("Invalid req");
        }
        if (_req.validityStartTimestamp > block.timestamp || block.timestamp > _req.validityEndTimestamp) {
            revert("Req expired");
        }
        SignatureActionStorage.Data storage data = SignatureActionStorage.signatureActionStorage();
        data.executed[_req.uid] = true;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the address of the signer of the request.
    function _recoverAddress(GenericRequest calldata _req, bytes calldata _signature) internal view returns (address) {
        return _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(_encodeRequest(_req))).recover(_signature);
    }
    /// @dev Encodes a request for recovery of the signer in `recoverAddress`.
    function _encodeRequest(GenericRequest calldata _req) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encode(
                TYPEHASH,
                _req.validityStartTimestamp,
                _req.validityEndTimestamp,
                _req.uid,
                keccak256(_req.data)
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { ContractMetadataStorage } from "../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
contract ContractMetadataInit {
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        ContractMetadataStorage.Data storage data = ContractMetadataStorage.contractMetadataStorage();
        string memory prevURI = data.contractURI;
        data.contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../extension/interface/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import { OperatorFilterToggleStorage } from "../extension/OperatorFilterToggle.sol";
contract DefaultOperatorFiltererInit {
    event OperatorRestriction(bool restriction);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    address constant DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION = address(0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6);
    function _setupOperatorFilterer() internal {
        __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init();
    }
    function __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init() private {
        __OperatorFilterer_init(DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
        OperatorFilterToggleStorage.Data storage data = OperatorFilterToggleStorage.operatorFilterToggleStorage();
        data.operatorRestriction = true;
        emit OperatorRestriction(true);
    }
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) private {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { ERC721AStorage } from "../eip/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
contract ERC721AInit is Initializable {
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721AStorage.Data storage data = ERC721AStorage.erc721AStorage();
        data._name = name_;
        data._symbol = symbol_;
        data._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { OwnableStorage } from "../extension/Ownable.sol";
contract OwnableInit {
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        OwnableStorage.Data storage data = OwnableStorage.ownableStorage();
        address _prevOwner = data._owner;
        data._owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PermissionsEnumerableStorage } from "../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./PermissionsInit.sol";
contract PermissionsEnumerableInit is PermissionsInit {
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        PermissionsEnumerableStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsEnumerableStorage.permissionsEnumerableStorage();
        uint256 idx = data.roleMembers[role].index;
        data.roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        data.roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        data.roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PermissionsStorage } from "../extension/Permissions.sol";
contract PermissionsInit {
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        data._hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { PrimarySaleStorage } from "../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
contract PrimarySaleInit {
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        PrimarySaleStorage.Data storage data = PrimarySaleStorage.primarySaleStorage();
        data.recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { RoyaltyStorage, IRoyalty } from "../extension/Royalty.sol";
contract RoyaltyInit {
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert("Exceeds max bps");
        }
        RoyaltyStorage.Data storage data = RoyaltyStorage.royaltyStorage();
        data.royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        data.royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import { SignatureActionStorage } from "../extension/SignatureActionUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Storage } from "../extension/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import "../extension/Initializable.sol";
contract EIP712Init is Initializable {
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }
    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 hashedName = keccak256(bytes(name));
        bytes32 hashedVersion = keccak256(bytes(version));
        EIP712Storage.Data storage data = EIP712Storage.eip712Storage();
        data._HASHED_NAME = hashedName;
        data._HASHED_VERSION = hashedVersion;
    }
}
contract SignatureActionInit is EIP712Init {
    function __SignatureAction_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init("SignatureAction", "1");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./interface/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Metadata.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721A is IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     *
     * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
/// @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
///  Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x5b5e139f.
/* is ERC721 */
interface IERC721Metadata {
    /// @notice A descriptive name for a collection of NFTs in this contract
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /// @notice An abbreviated name for NFTs in this contract
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /// @notice A distinct Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for a given asset.
    /// @dev Throws if `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT. URIs are defined in RFC
    ///  3986. The URI may point to a JSON file that conforms to the "ERC721
    ///  Metadata JSON Schema".
    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../lib/TWAddress.sol";
import "./interface/IMulticall.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /**
     *  @notice Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *  @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *
     *  @param data The bytes data that makes up the batch of function calls to execute.
     *  @return results The bytes data that makes up the result of the batch of function calls executed.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual override returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            results[i] = TWAddress.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
        }
        return results;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *  for you contract.
 *
 *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
interface IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
     *       Only module admin can call this function.
     */
    function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IERC2771Context {
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IMulticall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    function updateOperator(
        address registrant,
        address operator,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateOperators(
        address registrant,
        address[] calldata operators,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateCodeHash(
        address registrant,
        bytes32 codehash,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(
        address registrant,
        bytes32[] calldata codeHashes,
        bool filtered
    ) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
interface IOperatorFilterToggle {
    event OperatorRestriction(bool restriction);
    function operatorRestriction() external view returns (bool);
    function setOperatorRestriction(bool restriction) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *  information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
interface IOwnable {
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IPermissions.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *  primary sales, if desired.
 */
interface IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
    function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address recipient;
        uint256 bps;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address recipient,
        uint256 bps
    ) external;
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
    event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  thirdweb's `SignatureAction` extension smart contract can be used with any base smart contract. It provides a generic
 *  payload struct that can be signed by an authorized wallet and verified by the contract. The bytes `data` field provided
 *  in the payload can be abi encoded <-> decoded to use `SignatureContract` for any authorized signature action.
 */
interface ISignatureAction {
    /**
     *  @notice The payload that must be signed by an authorized wallet.
     *
     *  @param validityStartTimestamp The UNIX timestamp at and after which a signature is valid.
     *  @param validityEndTimestamp The UNIX timestamp at and after which a signature is invalid/expired.
     *  @param uid A unique non-repeatable ID for the payload.
     *  @param data Arbitrary bytes data to be used at the discretion of the contract.
     */
    struct GenericRequest {
        uint128 validityStartTimestamp;
        uint128 validityEndTimestamp;
        bytes32 uid;
        bytes data;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when a payload is verified and executed.
    event RequestExecuted(address indexed user, address indexed signer, GenericRequest _req);
    /**
     *  @notice Verfies that a payload is signed by an authorized wallet.
     *
     *  @param req The payload signed by the authorized wallet.
     *  @param signature The signature produced by the authorized wallet signing the given payload.
     *
     *  @return success Whether the payload is signed by the authorized wallet.
     *  @return signer The address of the signer.
     */
    function verify(GenericRequest calldata req, bytes calldata signature)
        external
        view
        returns (bool success, address signer);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library TWAddress {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * [EIP1884](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884) increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library TWStrings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../../lib/TWStrings.sol";
/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSA {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV
    }
    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // Check the signature length
        // - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
        // - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else if (signature.length == 64) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 vs;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }
        if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
        }
        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }
        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", TWStrings.toString(s.length), s));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
//   $$\\     $$\\       $$\\                 $$\\                         $$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |      \\__|                $$ |                        $$ |
// $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$ |$$\\  $$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\  $$$$$$$\\
// \\_$$  _|  $$  __$$\\ $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |  \\__|$$ /  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$$$$$$$ |$$ |  $$ |
//   $$ |$$\\ $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      $$ |  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$   ____|$$ |  $$ |
//   \\$$$$  |$$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      \\$$$$$$$ |\\$$$$$\\$$$$  |\\$$$$$$$\\ $$$$$$$  |
//    \\____/ \\__|  \\__|\\__|\\__|       \\_______| \\_____\\____/  \\_______|\\_______/
import "lib/dynamic-contracts/src/presets/BaseRouter.sol";
import "../extension/Multicall.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/Initializable.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/Permissions.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/extension/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/ContractMetadataInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/ERC721AInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/OwnableInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/PermissionsEnumerableInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/PrimarySaleInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/RoyaltyInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/SignatureActionInit.sol";
import "../dynamic-contracts/init/DefaultOperatorFiltererInit.sol";
/**
 *  Defualt extensions to add:
 *      - TieredDropLogic
 *      - PermissionsEnumerable
 */
contract TieredDrop is
    Initializable,
    Multicall,
    ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
    BaseRouter,
    DefaultOperatorFiltererInit,
    PrimarySaleInit,
    ContractMetadataInit,
    ERC721AInit,
    OwnableInit,
    PermissionsEnumerableInit,
    RoyaltyInit,
    SignatureActionInit
{
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Constructor and Initializer logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(Extension[] memory _extensions) BaseRouter(_extensions) {}
    /// @dev Initiliazes the contract, like a constructor.
    function initialize(
        address _defaultAdmin,
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _contractURI,
        address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
        address _saleRecipient,
        address _royaltyRecipient,
        uint16 _royaltyBps
    ) external initializer {
        // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
        __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __SignatureAction_init();
        _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
        _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupRoles(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        _setupOperatorFilterer();
    }
    function _setupRoles(address _defaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
        bytes32 _operatorRole = keccak256("OPERATOR_ROLE");
        bytes32 _transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _defaultAdminRole = 0x00;
        _setupRole(_defaultAdminRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, address(0));
        _setupRole(_operatorRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_operatorRole, address(0));
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns whether a plugin can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetExtension() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        bytes32 defaultAdminRole = 0x00;
        return _hasRole(defaultAdminRole, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether an account holds the given role.
    function _hasRole(bytes32 role, address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
        PermissionsStorage.Data storage data = PermissionsStorage.permissionsStorage();
        return data._hasRole[role][addr];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../interface/IRouter.sol";
abstract contract Router is IRouter {
    fallback() external payable virtual {
    /// @dev delegate calls the appropriate implementation smart contract for a given function.
        address implementation = getImplementationForFunction(msg.sig);
        _delegate(implementation);
    }
    receive() external payable virtual {}
    /// @dev delegateCalls an `implementation` smart contract.
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Unimplemented. Returns the implementation contract address for a given function signature.
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) public view virtual returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IDefaultExtensionSet.sol";
interface IBaseRouter is IDefaultExtensionSet {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Adds a new extension to the router.
    function addExtension(Extension memory extension) external;
    /// @dev Updates an existing extension in the router, or overrides a default extension.
    function updateExtension(Extension memory extension) external;
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the router.
    function removeExtension(string memory extensionName) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IExtension.sol";
interface IDefaultExtensionSet is IExtension {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns all extensions stored.
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory);
    /// @dev Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory);
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 functionSelector) external view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory);
    /// @dev Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory extensionName) external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory extensionName) external view returns (Extension memory);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExtension {
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Structs
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @notice A extension's metadata.
     *
     *  @param name             The unique name of the extension.
     *  @param metadataURI      The URI where the metadata for the extension lives.
     *  @param implementation   The implementation smart contract address of the extension.
     */
    struct ExtensionMetadata {
        string name;
        string metadataURI;
        address implementation;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice An interface to describe a extension's function.
     *
     *  @param functionSelector    The 4 byte selector of the function.
     *  @param functionSignature   Function signature as a string. E.g. "transfer(address,address,uint256)"
     */
    struct ExtensionFunction {
        bytes4 functionSelector;
        string functionSignature;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice An interface to describe an extension.
     *
     *  @param metadata     The extension's metadata; it's name, metadata URI and implementation contract address.
     *  @param functions    The functions that belong to the extension.
     */
    struct Extension {
        ExtensionMetadata metadata;
        ExtensionFunction[] functions;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Events
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Emitted when a extension is added; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionAdded(address indexed extensionAddress, bytes4 indexed functionSelector, string functionSignature);
    /// @dev Emitted when extension is updated; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionUpdated(
        address indexed oldExtensionAddress,
        address indexed newExtensionAddress,
        bytes4 indexed functionSelector,
        string functionSignature
    );
    /// @dev Emitted when a extension is removed; emitted for each function of the extension.
    event ExtensionRemoved(address indexed extensionAddress, bytes4 indexed functionSelector, string functionSignature);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRouter {
    fallback() external payable;
    receive() external payable;
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) external view returns (address);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../interface/IBaseRouter.sol";
// Core
import "../core/Router.sol";
// Utils
import "./utils/StringSet.sol";
import "./utils/DefaultExtensionSet.sol";
import "./utils/ExtensionState.sol";
abstract contract BaseRouter is IBaseRouter, Router, ExtensionState {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice The DefaultExtensionSet that stores default extensions of the router.
    address public immutable defaultExtensionSet;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                Constructor
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(Extension[] memory _extensions) {
        DefaultExtensionSet map = new DefaultExtensionSet();
        defaultExtensionSet = address(map);
        uint256 len = _extensions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            map.setExtension(_extensions[i]);
        }
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Adds a new extension to the router.
    function addExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _addExtension(_extension);
    }
    /// @dev Updates an existing extension in the router, or overrides a default extension.
    function updateExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _updateExtension(_extension);
    }
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the router.
    function removeExtension(string memory _extensionName) external {
        require(_canSetExtension(), "BaseRouter: caller not authorized.");
        _removeExtension(_extensionName);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @notice Returns all extensions stored. Override default lugins stored in router are
     *          given precedence over default extensions in DefaultExtensionSet.
     */
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory allExtensions) {
        Extension[] memory defaultExtensions = IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getAllExtensions();
        uint256 defaultExtensionsLen = defaultExtensions.length;
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string[] memory names = data.extensionNames.values();
        uint256 namesLen = names.length;
        uint256 overrides = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultExtensionsLen; i += 1) {
            if (data.extensionNames.contains(defaultExtensions[i].metadata.name)) {
                overrides += 1;
            }
        }
        uint256 total = (namesLen + defaultExtensionsLen) - overrides;
        allExtensions = new Extension[](total);
        uint256 idx = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultExtensionsLen; i += 1) {
            string memory name = defaultExtensions[i].metadata.name;
            if (!data.extensionNames.contains(name)) {
                allExtensions[idx] = defaultExtensions[i];
                idx += 1;
            }
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < namesLen; i += 1) {
            allExtensions[idx] = data.extensions[names[i]];
            idx += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory _extensionName) public view returns (Extension memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        bool isLocalExtension = data.extensionNames.contains(_extensionName);
        return isLocalExtension ? data.extensions[_extensionName] : IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getExtension(_extensionName);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (address) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).metadata.implementation;
    }
    /// @dev Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).functions;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) public view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        ExtensionMetadata memory metadata = data.extensionMetadata[_functionSelector];
        bool isLocalExtension = metadata.implementation != address(0);
        return isLocalExtension ? metadata : IDefaultExtensionSet(defaultExtensionSet).getExtensionForFunction(_functionSelector);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the extension implementation address stored in router, for the given function.
    function getImplementationForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (address extensionAddress)
    {
        return getExtensionForFunction(_functionSelector).implementation;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns whether a extension can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetExtension() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../../interface/IDefaultExtensionSet.sol";
// Extensions
import "./ExtensionState.sol";
contract DefaultExtensionSet is IDefaultExtensionSet, ExtensionState {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice The deployer of DefaultExtensionSet.
    address private deployer;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Constructor
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor() {
        deployer = msg.sender;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            External functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice Stores a extension in the DefaultExtensionSet.
    function setExtension(Extension memory _extension) external {
        require(msg.sender == deployer, "DefaultExtensionSet: unauthorized caller.");
        _addExtension(_extension);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            View functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @notice Returns all extensions stored.
    function getAllExtensions() external view returns (Extension[] memory allExtensions) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string[] memory names = data.extensionNames.values();
        uint256 len = names.length;
        allExtensions = new Extension[](len);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            allExtensions[i] = data.extensions[names[i]];
        }
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension metadata and functions for a given extension.
    function getExtension(string memory _extensionName) public view returns (Extension memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        require(data.extensionNames.contains(_extensionName), "DefaultExtensionSet: extension does not exist.");
        return data.extensions[_extensionName];
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension's implementation smart contract address.
    function getExtensionImplementation(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (address) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).metadata.implementation;
    }
    /// @notice Returns all functions that belong to the given extension contract.
    function getAllFunctionsOfExtension(string memory _extensionName) external view returns (ExtensionFunction[] memory) {
        return getExtension(_extensionName).functions;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the extension metadata for a given function.
    function getExtensionForFunction(bytes4 _functionSelector) external view returns (ExtensionMetadata memory) {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        ExtensionMetadata memory metadata = data.extensionMetadata[_functionSelector];
        require(metadata.implementation != address(0), "DefaultExtensionSet: no extension for function.");
        return metadata;
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// Interface
import "../../interface/IExtension.sol";
// Extensions
import "./StringSet.sol";
library ExtensionStateStorage {
    bytes32 public constant EXTENSION_STATE_STORAGE_POSITION = keccak256("extension.state.storage");
    struct Data {
        /// @dev Set of names of all extensions stored.
        StringSet.Set extensionNames;
        /// @dev Mapping from extension name => `Extension` i.e. extension metadata and functions.
        mapping(string => IExtension.Extension) extensions;
        /// @dev Mapping from function selector => extension metadata of the extension the function belongs to.
        mapping(bytes4 => IExtension.ExtensionMetadata) extensionMetadata;
    }
    function extensionStateStorage() internal pure returns (Data storage extensionStateData) {
        bytes32 position = EXTENSION_STATE_STORAGE_POSITION;
        assembly {
            extensionStateData.slot := position
        }
    }
}
contract ExtensionState is IExtension {
    using StringSet for StringSet.Set;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Stores a new extension in the contract.
    function _addExtension(Extension memory _extension) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string memory name = _extension.metadata.name;
        require(data.extensionNames.add(name), "ExtensionState: extension already exists.");
        data.extensions[name].metadata = _extension.metadata;
        require(_extension.metadata.implementation != address(0), "ExtensionState: adding extension without implementation.");
        uint256 len = _extension.functions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            require(
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector ==
                    bytes4(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_extension.functions[i].functionSignature))),
                "ExtensionState: fn selector and signature mismatch."
            );
            require(
                data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector].implementation == address(0),
                "ExtensionState: extension already exists for function."
            );
            data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector] = _extension.metadata;
            data.extensions[name].functions.push(_extension.functions[i]);
            emit ExtensionAdded(
                _extension.metadata.implementation,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSignature
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Updates / overrides an existing extension in the contract.
    function _updateExtension(Extension memory _extension) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        string memory name = _extension.metadata.name;
        require(data.extensionNames.contains(name), "ExtensionState: extension does not exist.");
        address oldImplementation = data.extensions[name].metadata.implementation;
        require(_extension.metadata.implementation != oldImplementation, "ExtensionState: re-adding same extension.");
        data.extensions[name].metadata = _extension.metadata;
        ExtensionFunction[] memory oldFunctions = data.extensions[name].functions;
        uint256 oldFunctionsLen = oldFunctions.length;
        delete data.extensions[name].functions;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < oldFunctionsLen; i += 1) {
            delete data.extensionMetadata[oldFunctions[i].functionSelector];
        }
        uint256 len = _extension.functions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            require(
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector ==
                    bytes4(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_extension.functions[i].functionSignature))),
                "ExtensionState: fn selector and signature mismatch."
            );
            data.extensionMetadata[_extension.functions[i].functionSelector] = _extension.metadata;
            data.extensions[name].functions.push(_extension.functions[i]);
            emit ExtensionUpdated(
                oldImplementation,
                _extension.metadata.implementation,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSelector,
                _extension.functions[i].functionSignature
            );
        }
    }
    /// @dev Removes an existing extension from the contract.
    function _removeExtension(string memory _extensionName) internal {
        ExtensionStateStorage.Data storage data = ExtensionStateStorage.extensionStateStorage();
        require(data.extensionNames.remove(_extensionName), "ExtensionState: extension does not exist.");
        address implementation = data.extensions[_extensionName].metadata.implementation;
        ExtensionFunction[] memory extensionFunctions = data.extensions[_extensionName].functions;
        delete data.extensions[_extensionName];
        uint256 len = extensionFunctions.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; i += 1) {
            emit ExtensionRemoved(
                implementation,
                extensionFunctions[i].functionSelector,
                extensionFunctions[i].functionSignature
            );
            delete data.extensionMetadata[extensionFunctions[i].functionSelector];
        }
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
// @author: thirdweb (https://github.com/thirdweb-dev/dynamic-contracts)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library StringSet {
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        string[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(string => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, string memory value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, string memory value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                string memory lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, string memory value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (string memory) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (string[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Set storage set, string memory value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Set storage set, string memory value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Set storage set, string memory value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return _at(set, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Set storage set) internal view returns (string[] memory) {
        return _values(set);
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Ownable} from "openzeppelin-contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents} from "./OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterRegistry
 * @notice Borrows heavily from the QQL BlacklistOperatorFilter contract:
 *         https://github.com/qql-art/contracts/blob/main/contracts/BlacklistOperatorFilter.sol
 * @notice This contracts allows tokens or token owners to register specific addresses or codeHashes that may be
 * *       restricted according to the isOperatorAllowed function.
 */
contract OperatorFilterRegistry is IOperatorFilterRegistry, OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set;
    /// @dev initialized accounts have a nonzero codehash (see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1052)
    /// Note that this will also be a smart contract's codehash when making calls from its constructor.
    bytes32 constant EOA_CODEHASH = keccak256("");
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _filteredOperators;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set) private _filteredCodeHashes;
    mapping(address => address) private _registrations;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _subscribers;
    /**
     * @notice restricts method caller to the address or EIP-173 "owner()"
     */
    modifier onlyAddressOrOwner(address addr) {
        if (msg.sender != addr) {
            try Ownable(addr).owner() returns (address owner) {
                if (msg.sender != owner) {
                    revert OnlyAddressOrOwner();
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert NotOwnable();
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef;
            EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef;
            filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registration];
            filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registration];
            if (filteredOperatorsRef.contains(operator)) {
                revert AddressFiltered(operator);
            }
            if (operator.code.length > 0) {
                bytes32 codeHash = operator.codehash;
                if (filteredCodeHashesRef.contains(codeHash)) {
                    revert CodeHashFiltered(operator, codeHash);
                }
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
    //////////////////
    // AUTH METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (_registrations[registrant] != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = address(0);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, false);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        if (registrant == subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        address subscriptionRegistration = _registrations[subscription];
        if (subscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(subscription);
        }
        if (subscriptionRegistration != subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(subscription);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = subscription;
        _subscribers[subscription].add(registrant);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, subscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (registrantToCopy == registrant) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
            if (!removed) {
                revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
            if (!added) {
                revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
            }
        }
        emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
            revert CannotFilterEOAs();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
            if (!removed) {
                revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
            if (!added) {
                revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codeHash, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        uint256 operatorsLength = operators.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit OperatorsUpdated(registrant, operators, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        uint256 codeHashesLength = codeHashes.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
                        revert CannotFilterEOAs();
                    }
                    bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashesUpdated(registrant, codeHashes, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address newSubscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        if (newSubscription == address(0)) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == newSubscription) {
            revert AlreadySubscribed(newSubscription);
        }
        address newSubscriptionRegistration = _registrations[newSubscription];
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(newSubscription);
        }
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration != newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(newSubscription);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = newSubscription;
        _subscribers[newSubscription].add(registrant);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, newSubscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == registrant) {
            revert NotSubscribed();
        }
        _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        if (copyExistingEntries) {
            _copyEntries(registrant, registration);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == registrantToCopy) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /// @dev helper to copy entries from registrantToCopy to registrant and emit events
    function _copyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) private {
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrantToCopy];
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrantToCopy];
        uint256 filteredOperatorsLength = filteredOperatorsRef.length();
        uint256 filteredCodeHashesLength = filteredCodeHashesRef.length();
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredOperatorsLength; ++i) {
                address operator = filteredOperatorsRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredOperators[registrant].add(operator);
                if (added) {
                    emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, true);
                }
            }
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredCodeHashesLength; ++i) {
                bytes32 codehash = filteredCodeHashesRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].add(codehash);
                if (added) {
                    emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codehash, true);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    //////////////////
    // VIEW METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address registrant) external view returns (address subscription) {
        subscription = _registrations[registrant];
        if (subscription == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        } else if (subscription == registrant) {
            subscription = address(0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].contains(operator);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].contains(operator);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 codeHash = operatorWithCode.codehash;
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address registrant) external view returns (bool) {
        return _registrations[registrant] != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address registrant) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (bytes32) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /// @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
    function codeHashOf(address a) external view returns (bytes32) {
        return a.codehash;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
contract OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    error CannotFilterEOAs();
    error AddressAlreadyFiltered(address operator);
    error AddressNotFiltered(address operator);
    error CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error CodeHashNotFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error OnlyAddressOrOwner();
    error NotRegistered(address registrant);
    error AlreadyRegistered();
    error AlreadySubscribed(address subscription);
    error NotSubscribed();
    error CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(address subscription);
    error CannotSubscribeToSelf();
    error CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
    error NotOwnable();
    error AddressFiltered(address filtered);
    error CodeHashFiltered(address account, bytes32 codeHash);
    error CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(address registrant);
    error CannotCopyFromSelf();
    event RegistrationUpdated(address indexed registrant, bool indexed registered);
    event OperatorUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed operator, bool indexed filtered);
    event OperatorsUpdated(address indexed registrant, address[] operators, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32 indexed codeHash, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashesUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32[] codeHashes, bool indexed filtered);
    event SubscriptionUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed subscription, bool indexed subscribed);
}